Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / LITERARY THEORY

Course:

LITERARY THEORY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
718	Obavezan	2	3	2+0+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / CONTEMPORARY ENGLISH LANGUAGE II

Course:

CONTEMPORARY ENGLISH LANGUAGE II/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
876	Obavezan	2	8	0+8+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts 0 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 8 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / CONTEMPORARY ENGLISH LANGUAGE III

Course:

CONTEMPORARY ENGLISH LANGUAGE III/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
931	Obavezan	3	10	0+9+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	passed Contemporary English I and II
Aims	Acquiring skills in understanding spoken language and written texts, mastering oral and written communication in the English language, upgrading the existing knowledge of English grammar. Teaching students how to identify and classify translation problems in literary texts and newspaper articles, as well as to solve them with regard to situational context and translate them into the mother tongue. Acquisition of basic literacy, writing different types of short essays, discussing contemporary social phenomena and trends.
Learning outcomes	After passing the final exam, it is expected that the student will be able to: 1.Use accurate and appropriate non-finite verb forms (infinitive, gerund and participle), explain their use and function in sentences. 2.Show the correct use of modal verbs, their forms in present, past and future tenses, understand and actively use all shades of meaning of modal verbs. 3.Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the literary / newspaper texts in English. 4.Translate literary/ newspaper texts in a written form from English into Montenegrin. 5.Acquire the targeted vocabulary from the course schedule for this part of Modern English Language III and use it correctly in written and spoken discourse 6.Develop all four language skills (reading, listening, speaking and writing) to an academic level equivalent to Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (level C1), particularly reading and listening skills 7.Translate written literary texts and newspaper articles from Montenegrin into English at the C1 language level of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages. 8.Properly apply the grammatical and lexical units included in the Contemporary English III syllabus to translating written literary texts and newspaper articles. 9.Identify, classify and solve minor translation problems with regard to situational context (lexico-grammatical, syntactic and pragmatic-discursive). 10.Learn and apply the rules of writing short essays - how to compose: Illustration Essay, Process Essay, Definition Essay. 11.Verbally discuss and make debates on topics related to the type of already processed essays, covering along contemporary social problems and issues.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	mr Dedović Dragana, mr Đurčević Jovana, mr Branka Živković, mr Radmila Radonjić, mr Milica Nenezić
Methodology	Lectures, grammar exercises, translation, discussions, homework, class presentations, consultations.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises	Introducing students to course syllabus, materials and literature that will be used during the course.
II week lectures
II week exercises	Grammar- Difference between finite and non-finite forms; Translation E-MNE: translation of separate sentences taken out of context, with specific language problems; Translation MNE-E: Translation of isolated sentences that focus on specific grammatical pr
III week lectures
III week exercises	Grammar - The Infinitive;Translation E-MNE: Oral translation - The Honeymoon Disease – Matt Thorne; Translation MNE-E: Translation of isolated sentences that focus on specific grammatical problems II, Translation of paragraph length literary texts with p
IV week lectures
IV week exercises	Grammar - The Gerund;Translation E-MNE: Consecutive translation of newspaper articles and reports; Translation MNE-E: Translation of isolated sentences that focus on specific grammatical problems III, Translation of paragraph length literary texts with pa
V week lectures
V week exercises	Grammar - The Participle; Translation E-MNE: translation of short passages of the story "Eveline" (Dubliners) - James Joyce; Translation MNE-E: Journalist-style translation: fact-based newspaper articles; Written & oral exercises: continuation of discussi
VI week lectures
VI week exercises	Grammar - The difference between infinitive and gerund;Translation E-MNE: Translation of the texts from the obligatory readings; Translation MNE-E: Translating longer literary texts;Written & oral exercises: how to compose the Process Essay, planning and
VII week lectures
VII week exercises	Grammar - The difference between gerund and participle; Translation E-MNE: Translation of the texts from previous exam terms; Translation MNE-E: Translating literary texts given in previous exam terms, mid-term progress test I; Written & oral exercises: o
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises	Colloquium I
IX week lectures
IX week exercises	Grammar - Introduction (Modal verbs); Translation E-MNE: Consecutive translation - articles on tourism; Translation MNE-E: Analysis of errors made in the text given at Colloquium I, Consecutive translation exercise: newspaper articles(education and social
X week lectures
X week exercises	Grammar - Modal verbs (can, could, may, might); Translation E-MNE: Translation of the lietary texts: a) It's a Battlefield – Graham Green; b)The Ant and the Grasshopper – W.S.Maugham; Translation MNE-E: Consecutive translation exercise: newspaper articles
XI week lectures
XI week exercises	Grammar - Modal verbs (shall, should, will, would); Translation E-MNE: Literary criticism: Alternative Shakespeares - John Drakakis (ed.); Translation MNE-E: Translating tourism-style texts; Written & oral exercises: three main ways to define a term, ana
XII week lectures
XII week exercises	Grammar - Modal verbs(must, have to, ought to, need, dare); Translation E-MNE: Consecutive translation: newspaper articles, pamphlets, advertisements; Translation MNE-E: Translating literary texts and newspaper articles on history; Written & oral exercise
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises	General revision and preparation for the final exam.
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises	Colloquium II
XV week lectures
XV week exercises	Final exam (written and oral)

Student workload	Lectures and final exam: (13 hours 30 minutes) x 16 = 208 hours 30 minutes. Before semester (administration) 2x(13 hours 30 minutes) = 27 hours. Total for the course 10x30=300 hours. Additional work 0 to 48 hours. Structure: 208 hours 30 min (lectures) + 27 (preparation) + 48 hours additional work)
Per week	Per semester
10 credits x 40/30=13 hours and 20 minuts 0 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 9 excercises 4 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =213 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =26 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 10 x 30=300 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 213 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 26 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are expected to attend the lectures, actively participate in classes, do homework, take tests and final exam
Consultations	grammar - Wednesday 13:00-14:30, translation - Tuesday 13:00 - 14:30, textual analysis - Friday 09:20-10:05, 13:15-14:00 translation MNE-E: Thursday 9.20-10.05, 13.15-14.00 written and oral exercises - Thursday 13:00-14:30
Literature	Roy Norris (2008.) Ready for CAE, MACMILLAN EXAMS; Morgan, J. with M. Rinvolucri (2004.) Vocabulary. Oxford: OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS; Thornbury, S. (2002.) How to Teach Vocabulary. Oxford: OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS Thomson, A.J. & Martinet, A.V. (1997), A P
Examination methods	Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the mastered material, while the passing grade will be achieved with the accumulation of 51% of the total material, as follows: attendance and homework – 10 points, two tests – 20 points each, final exam -
Special remarks	Lectures are held in English and only exceptionally in mother tongue.
Comment	None

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH RENAISSANCE AND RESTORATION LITERATURE

Course:

ENGLISH RENAISSANCE AND RESTORATION LITERATURE/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
1906	Obavezan	2	6	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / BRITISH AND AMERICAN CIVILISATION I

Course:

BRITISH AND AMERICAN CIVILISATION I/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
1907	Obavezan	1	3	2+0+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / BRITISH AND AMERICAN CIVILISATION II

Course:

BRITISH AND AMERICAN CIVILISATION II/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
1908	Obavezan	2	3	2+0+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	None.
Aims	The aim of this subject is to introduce the students to the historical developments and the major achievements of the American culture and civilization.
Learning outcomes	Passing this exam, the students will be able to: 1. apply the information and knowledge about the historical developments of the American culture, in order to better understand and analyse its contemporary position and the role it has played at the global level; 2. explain the influence of the social and historical circumstances on various cultural aspects and tendencies; 3. contribute to tolerance and cherish cultural differences, pluralism and multiculturalism, understanding and promoting democracy and human rights; 4. engage in well-informed discussions on the connection between historical and cultural framework and the English language and the Anglo-American literature; 5. do research and prepare presentations on various topics regarding the American history, civilization and contemporary culture.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	prof. dr Vanja Vukićević Garić
Methodology	Lectures, discussions, audio-visual presentations, research projects, consultations.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Intriduction into the course. Basic characteristics of the USA; geography.
I week exercises
II week lectures	Native Americans (until the 16th century)
II week exercises
III week lectures	European Settlements (until 1673)
III week exercises
IV week lectures	Creating the new nation ((1763 -1789)
IV week exercises
V week lectures	The first decades of the new country (1789 -1850)
V week exercises
VI week lectures	Slavery and the Civil War (1850-1865)
VI week exercises
VII week lectures	Industrialization (1865 – 1900)
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures	World wars and the role of America (1900-1945)
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures	"The American Century": USA in the 2nd half of the 20th century.
IX week exercises
X week lectures	America in the 21st century.
X week exercises
XI week lectures	Mid-term exam.
XI week exercises
XII week lectures	Students presentations of the research projects.
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures	Students presentations of the research projects
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures	Students presentations of the research projects
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures	Make-up mid-term exam.
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students should attend lectures and interactively participate in discussions, present their research assignments, take mid-term and final exam.
Consultations	Every week - online and in person.
Literature	- Istorija Amerike: kratak pregled, ur. Cincotta, Howard. Informativna agencija Sjedinjenih Država. - Outline of American History, https://usa.usembassy.de/etexts/history/toc.htm. - Outline of U.S. History, https://kr.usembassy.gov/wp-content/uploads/sites/75/2016/12/historytln.pdf - An Outline of American Geography, Ed. Mittleman, N. Earl. United States Information Agency. -various online sources on the American history and contemporary cultural phenomena.
Examination methods	Attendance: 3 points; Mid-term exam: 35 points; Project-presentation: 12 points; Final exam: 50 points.
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL LINGUISTICS

Course:

INTRODUCTION TO GENERAL LINGUISTICS/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
1909	Obavezan	1	2	2+0+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / SERBIAN LANGUAGE (ORTHOGRAPHY AND RHETORIC)

Course:

SERBIAN LANGUAGE (ORTHOGRAPHY AND RHETORIC)/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
1950	Obavezan	1	3	2+0+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / SERBIAN LANGUAGE - PHONETICS AND FUNCTIONAL STYLES

Course:

SERBIAN LANGUAGE - PHONETICS AND FUNCTIONAL STYLES/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
2623	Obavezan	2	3	2+0+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / BASICS OF MORPHOLOGY

Course:

BASICS OF MORPHOLOGY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
2655	Obavezan	3	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	Phonetics and English phonology.
Aims	Introduction into the basic concepts of English morphology, elements of word structure and principles of morphological analysis.
Learning outcomes	Upon successful completion of this course students will be able to: 1. differentiate between morphologically simple and complex words 2.analyze morphologically complex words into immediate constituents 3. determine the phonologically or lexically conditioned afix or base alomorphy in cases of suffixation or prefixation.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Nataša Kostić,PhD Associate Professor; Sanja Ćetković, MA
Methodology	Lectures and discussions.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction. The definition of a word.
I week exercises	Introduction. The definition of a word
II week lectures	Studying word formation. Inflection and derivation
II week exercises	Studying word formation. Inflection and derivation
III week lectures	Studying complex words. Identifying morphemes
III week exercises	Studying complex words. Identifying morphemes
IV week lectures	Allomorphy and morphophonological alternations
IV week exercises	Allomorphy and morphophonological alternations
V week lectures	Word-formation rules
V week exercises	Word-formation rules
VI week lectures	Multiple affixation. Immediate constituent analysis
VI week exercises	Multiple affixation. Immediate constituent analysis
VII week lectures	Midterm exam
VII week exercises	Midterm exam
VIII week lectures	Inflectional morphemes in English (nouns)
VIII week exercises	Inflectional morphemes in English (nouns)
IX week lectures	Inflectional morphemes in English (verbs and adjectives)
IX week exercises	Inflectional morphemes in English (verbs and adjectives)
X week lectures	Productivity and the mental lexicon; possible and actual words
X week exercises	Productivity and the mental lexicon; possible and actual words
XI week lectures	Measuring productivity
XI week exercises	Measuring productivity
XII week lectures	Constraining productivity
XII week exercises	Constraining productivity
XIII week lectures	The historical sources of English word-formation
XIII week exercises	The historical sources of English word-formation
XIV week lectures	Midterm exam (2nd term)
XIV week exercises	Midterm exam (2nd term)
XV week lectures	Preparation for the final exam
XV week exercises	Preparation for the final exam

Student workload	WEEKLY 4 credits x 40/30 = 5, 3hours Structure: 1.5 hours of lectures 1.5 hours of practice 2, 3 hours of independent work including consultation, and homework PER SEMESTER Class attendance and final exams: (5,3 hours) x 16 = 84.8 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, verification) 2 x (5,3 hours) = 10, 6 hours Total: 4x30 = 120 hours. Additional work for the preparation of the make-up exam: 0 to 24 hours . Structure: 84,8 hours (classes) +10,6 hours (preparation) + 24,6 hours (additional work).
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Regular attendance and participation in discussions.
Consultations	Consultations with the teachers are held in regular office hours
Literature	Bauer, L. (1983). English Word-Formation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Carstairs-McCarthy, A. (2002). An Introduction to English Morphology: Words and their Structure. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. Hamawand, Z. (2011). Morphology in Eng
Examination methods	Attendance: 5 points Midterm exam: 45 points Final exam: 50 points
Special remarks	The language of instruction is English.
Comment	None

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LITERATURE OF CLASSICISM AND SENTIMENTALIS

Course:

ENGLISH LITERATURE OF CLASSICISM AND SENTIMENTALIS/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
2656	Obavezan	3	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes	After passing the exam students - will be familiar with the literature, cultural and historical conditions in England in the 18th century, i.e. in the age of Classicism and Sentimentalism; - will get acquainted with the socio-historical context of the 18th century England, and the basic philosophical and political trends of the Age of Reason/Enlightenment; - will be able to name the most important writers and works of the period of Neoclassicism; - will be able to contextualize the most prominent writers of English classicism; - will be able to recognize the main aesthetic, epistemological and political characteristics of Rationalism and (Neo)Classicism; - will be able to independently interpret literary texts created in the era of Neoclassicism in England; - will be able to comprehensively understand the English literary and intellectual history through insight into the 18th century sources of literary and intellectual traditions, mainly the socio-historical and cultural conditioning of the emergence and popularization of the novel genre in England; - will be trained for further independent work on the relevant literary sources both in print and e-sources.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / BRITISH AND AMERICA CIVILISATION IV

Course:

BRITISH AND AMERICA CIVILISATION IV/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
2661	Obavezan	4	3	2+0+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	None.
Aims	The aim of this subject is to familiarise students with imagological studies focused on (hetero)imagery/creating a picture of the South Slavic lands and Montenegro in British travelogues and fiction from the earliest contact with the culture to the modern age. Particular attention will be paid to analysis of “Otherness”, as well as the multi-layered and complex ”relationship” between the South-Eastern and Western. European.
Learning outcomes	After students pass this exam, they will be able to: individually analyse early contacts of cultures (Britain and the South Slavic lands); interpret the significance and contribution of South Slavic academics and writers in England in the 16th and 17th centuries; analyse and categorise the most significant testimonies about Montenegro from the period of the 18th and 19th centuries; examine and compare the contribution of the most significant intermediaries of the two cultures from the 19th century period; individually interpret the idea of stereotypes and “Otherness”; interpret an image of Montenegro and South Slavic lands in the works of certain travel writers and other writers from the 20th century; individually present and explain their opinions about (hetero)imagery; individually research material from the domain of contacts between the two cultures over the centuries.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Saša Simović, Associate Professor
Methodology	Lectures, consultations, presentations

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to the subject: Imagological studies
I week exercises
II week lectures	Early contacts of cultures – England and the South Slavic lands
II week exercises
III week lectures	Illyria and Sclavonia
III week exercises
IV week lectures	South Slavic academics and writers in England in the period of the 16th and 17th centuries
IV week exercises
V week lectures	English testimonies about Montenegro from the 18th and 19th centuries
V week exercises
VI week lectures	Intermediaries of the two cultures (Viscount Strangford, Louisa Kerr, Elodie Lawton Mijatović and Čedomilj Mijatović)
VI week exercises
VII week lectures	Mid-term exam
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures	Stereotypes and the Balkans
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures	The “Other” in travelogues and fiction
IX week exercises
X week lectures	Students’ presentations
X week exercises
XI week lectures	Film: The Prisoner of Zenda
XI week exercises
XII week lectures	From the perspective of a woman traveller
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures	Students’ presentations
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures	P. Jones and The Pobratim
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures	Malcolm Burr and experiences of Montenegro. General revision
XV week exercises

Student workload	Workload Weekly:3creditsx40/30.Structure:1.5 hours of lecture,3.8 hours of individual work including consultations and homework
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are obliged to attend the classes, prepare themselves and participate actively in classes, do homework/ presentation
Consultations	After each class
Literature	Michail, Eugene. The British and the Balkans: Forming Images of Foreign Lands, 1900-1950. London, New York, Bloomsbury, 2011; Todorova, Maria. Imagining the Balkans. (Rev. ed.) Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2009; Korte, Barbara, Ulrike, Eva et al. (eds) Facing the East in the West: Images of Eastern Europe in the British literature. Rodopi, Amsterdam, New York, 2010; Cunningham, Valentine. British Writers of the Thirties. (Rev. ed.) Oxford, Clarendon Press 1993; Jezernik, Bozidar. Wild Europe: The Balkans in the Gaze of Western Travelers, London, Saqui Books, 2004; Čolović, Ivan. “Balkanist Discourse and Its Critics, Hungarian Review, Vol. IV, No. 2, 29 March, 2013; Goldsworthy, Vesna. Inventing Ruritania: The Imperialism of the Imagination, New Haven, Yale University Press, 1998; Bakić-Hayden, Milica, Robert, M. “Orientalist Variations on the theme the Balkans: Symbolic Geography in Recent Yugoslav Cultural Politics“, Slavic Review, Vol. 51, 1992.
Examination methods	mid-term exam - 35 points, attendance - 5 points, presentation - 10 points, final exam - 50 points. A pass mark is obtained by collecting at least 50 points.
Special remarks	Lectures are taught in English.
Comment	None.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH ROMANTIC LITERATURE

Course:

ENGLISH ROMANTIC LITERATURE/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
2662	Obavezan	4	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	None
Aims
Learning outcomes	fter passing the exam students - will be familiar with the literature, cultural and historical conditions in England in the first half of the 19th century, ie. in the age of Romanticism; - will be acquainted with the socio-historical context of the first half of the 19th century England and the basic philosophical and political trends of the time; - will be able to name the most important writers and works of the period of Romanticism; - will be able to contextualize the most prominent writers of English Romanticism; - will be able to recognize the major aesthetic, epistemological and political characteristics of Romanticism; - will be able to independently interpret literary texts emerged in the era of Romanticism in England; - will be able to comprehensively understand the English literary and intellectual history through insight into the Romantic sources of the later literary and intellectual traditions; - will be able to demonstrate the ability of written articulation of their own thinking, ideas and opinions in connection with the studied period relying on their knowledge, skills and ethically unproblematic use of references.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Vesna Bratić, Gordana Kustudić
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature	Veselin Kostić, ur, Engleska književnost 2, Sarajevo: Svjetlost, 1990 (predromantičari i 19. vijek, prva polovina) Todd, Janet, The Cambridge Introduction to Jane Austen, Cambridge : CUP, 2006 (poglavlja 1, 2, 5 i 8) Pinch, Adela, Strange Fits of Passio
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / MORPHOLOGY (WORD BUILDING)

Course:

MORPHOLOGY (WORD BUILDING)/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
2663	Obavezan	4	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	Phonetics and English phonology.
Aims	Introduction into the basic concepts of English morphology, the principles of word formation and paradigmatic relations at morphology level.
Learning outcomes	Upon successful completion of this course students will be able to: 1. analyze the processes of word formation in English 2.recognize the model of word formation and determine its properties 3. paraphrase the meaning of English compounds 4. paraphrase the meaning of English derivatives.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Nataša Kostić, PhD Associate Professor Sanja Ćetković, MA
Methodology	Lectures and discussions

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Affixational word-form processes in English
I week exercises	Affixational word-form processes in English
II week lectures	General properties of English affixation
II week exercises	General properties of English affixation
III week lectures	Nominal suffixes
III week exercises	Nominal suffixes
IV week lectures	Verbal, adjectival and adverbial suffixes
IV week exercises	Verbal, adjectival and adverbial suffixes
V week lectures	Prefixes and infixation
V week exercises	Prefixes and infixation
VI week lectures	An overview of English derivatives
VI week exercises	An overview of English derivatives
VII week lectures	Midterm exam
VII week exercises	Midterm exam
VIII week lectures	Conversion
VIII week exercises	Conversion
IX week lectures	Truncations, blends, abbreviations and acronyms
IX week exercises	Truncations, blends, abbreviations and acronyms
X week lectures	Compounding
X week exercises	Compounding
XI week lectures	Compounding patterns; nominal compounds
XI week exercises	Compounding patterns; nominal compounds
XII week lectures	Adjectival, verbal and neoclassical compounds
XII week exercises	Adjectival, verbal and neoclassical compounds
XIII week lectures	An overview of English compounds
XIII week exercises	An overview of English compounds
XIV week lectures	Midterm exam (2nd term)
XIV week exercises	Midterm exam (2nd term)
XV week lectures	Preparations for the final exam
XV week exercises	Preparations for the final exam

Student workload	WEEKLY 4 credits x 40/30 = 5, 3hours Structure: 1.5 hours of lectures 1.5 hours of practice 2, 3 hours of independent work including consultation, and homework PER SEMESTER Class attendance and final exams: (5,3 hours) x 16 = 84.8 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, verification) 2 x (5,3 hours) = 10, 6 hours Total: 4x30 = 120 hours. Additional work for the preparation of the make-up exam: 0 to 24 hours . Structure: 84,8 hours (classes) +10,6 hours (preparation) + 24,6 hours (additional work).
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Regular attendance and participation in discussions.
Consultations	Consultations with the teachers are held in regular office hours.
Literature	Bauer, L. (1983). English Word-Formation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Carstairs-McCarthy, A. (2002). An Introduction to English Morphology: Words and their Structure. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. Hamawand, Z. (2011). Morphology in Eng
Examination methods	Attendance: 5 points Midterm exam: 45 points Final exam: 50 points
Special remarks	The language of instruction is English
Comment	None

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LANGUAGE I

Course:

ITALIAN LANGUAGE I/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
3161	Izborni	1	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims	Developing the language skills and acquiring grammatical knowledge necessary for communication/correspondence at CEFR A1 level: possess a basic repertoire of simple words and phrases related to personal information and specific situations and show limited control of a few simple grammatical structures and sentence patterns within a memorized repertoire
Learning outcomes	After completing the course and upon passing the final exam, the student should be able to: 1. Understand everyday expressions, recognize and correctly use a basic morphosyntactic structures and grammatical forms; 2. Demonstrate understanding of simple oral and written texts; 3. Communicate in simple and routine tasks requiring a simple and direct exchange of information on familiar and routine matters; 3. Produce simple oral and written texts using a basic vocabulary and grammar, as well as to understand the meanings of various linguistic expressions; 4. Clearly linking the simple ideas, using the appropriate grammatical structures, vocabulary, correct punctuation and spelling.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Marko Vukčević, PhD; Hajdana Vujanović, MA
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	L’alfabeto, la pronuncia e lortografia
I week exercises	Chiedere di ripetere, chiedere come si dice e come si scrive una parola
II week lectures	Pronomi personali soggetto; verbo ESSERE; CÈ/CI SONO
II week exercises	Presentarsi: nome, cognome, nazionalità
III week lectures	Verbo CHIAMARSI; genere e numero di sostantivi e aggettivi; accordo sostantivo e aggettivo; la frase negativa e interrogativa
III week exercises	Salutare; fare domande in maniera formale e informale
IV week lectures	Verbi regolari in –ARE; verbi AVERE, STARE; espressioni idiomatiche con ESSERE e AVERE
IV week exercises	Chiedere e dire come si sta; esprimere uno stato d’animo
V week lectures	Avverbi di quantità: MOLTO, ABBASTANZA, POCO, PER NIENTE, TROPPO
V week exercises	Esprimere una condizione fisica; esprimere la quantità
VI week lectures	Articoli determinativi e indeterminativi: UN/IL, UNO/LO, UNA/LA, UN/L’, UN’/L’
VI week exercises	Uso di articoli determinativi e indeterminativi
VII week lectures	Verbi regolari in –ERE; verbo ANDARE; espressioni idiomatiche con ANDARE; avverbi di frequenza
VII week exercises	Invitare un amico; chiedere e dare informazioni sulla situazione abitativa
VIII week lectures	MAI, QUALCHE VOLTA, SPESSO, SEMPRE, DI SOLITO
VIII week exercises	Chiedere e dare informazioni su qualcuno
IX week lectures	Articoli determinativi plurali; preposizioni di luogo: IN, A, DI
IX week exercises	Esprimere la frequenza di unazione; esprimere la qualità
X week lectures	Verbi regolari in -IRE; verbi irregolari VENIRE, FARE, DARE
X week exercises	Ripasso e conversazione
XI week lectures	Mid-term exam
XI week exercises	Make-up exam
XII week lectures	Espressioni idiomatiche con FARE
XII week exercises	Ripasso e conversazione
XIII week lectures	Concordanza articolo, sostantivo, aggettivo; nomi in –ISTA
XIII week exercises	Chiedere e dare informazioni sul proprio lavoro
XIV week lectures	Preposizioni di luogo (II)
XIV week exercises	Chiedere e dare informazioni sul proprio campo di studi
XV week lectures	Preposizioni di tempo; Preposizione DI: specificazione
XV week exercises	Chiedere e dire che ore sono; chiedere e dire la data

Student workload	Weekly: 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hours and 20 minutes; Structure: 2 hours of lectures, 2 hours of exercise, 2 hours and 40 minutes of individual student work (preparation for laboratory exercises, colloquiums, homework assignments) including consultations. Per semester: credits x 40/30 = 5 hours and 20 minutes; Structure: 2 hours of lectures, 2 hours of exercise, 2 hours and 40 minutes of individual student work (preparation for laboratory exercises, colloquiums, homework assignments) including consultations Teaching hours and final exam: (5 hours and 20 minutes) x 16 = 85 hours and 20 minutes; Necessary preparation before the start of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification): 2 x (5 hours and 20 minutes) = 10 hours and 40 minutes; Total load for the subject: 4 x 30 = 120 hours; Supplementary work for the preparation of exams in the corrective test period, including taking a correction exam from 0 - 30 hours: 24 hours. Load structure: 85 hours and 20 minutes (teaching) + 10 hours and 40 minutes (preparation) + 24 hours (supplementary work)
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature	1. Fiorenza Quercioli e Giulia Tossani: In alto! Corso di italiano per stranieri - A1; Ornimi Editions, Perugia, 2020; 2. Saša Moderc: Gramatika italijanskog jezika. Morfologija s elementima sintakse, Luna Crescens, Beograd, 2006; 3. Julijana Vučo, Saša Moderc, Zenica Raspor: Elementi di Lingua Italiana, Filološki fakultet, Beograd, 2008; 4. Ivan Klajn: Italijansko-srpski rečnik, Zavod za udžbenike, Beograd, 2014. (or any other good bilingual dictionary)
Examination methods	Attendance, activity during classes, preparation and presentation of tasks assigned - 5 points; Mid- term exam - 45 points; Final exam - 50 points. Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the mastered material, while the passing grade will be achieved with the accumulation of 51% of the total material; E: 50 – 59 D: 60 – 69 C: 70 – 79 B: 80 – 89 A: 90 – 100
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / GERMAN LANGUAGE V

Course:

GERMAN LANGUAGE V/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
3688	Obavezan	5	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	None.
Aims	Course Learning objectives: 1. Systematic development of all language skills in the field of German at the B1.1 level of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages; 2. Introduction to professional terminology and narrowly-specific structures in the field of German at the B1.1 level in written and oral communication; 3. Acquisition of grammatical knowledge, techniques and skills necessary for understanding and translating professional texts as well as for oral presentations and translations on topics in the field of German at the B1.1 level.
Learning outcomes	By the end of this course a student will be able to: 1. Demonstrate high levels of communicative competence in (vocational) German at the B1.1 level of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages; 2. Use standard language norms at the B1.1 level of German in written and oral communication; 3. Apply advanced grammar knowledge and specialised techniques and skills of written and oral translation and translate texts from German and into German; 4. Analyse the written or spoken text in detail and comprehensively and recognize key ideas and implicit meaning; 5. Discuss topics on general theoretical and practical knowledge.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Sabina Osmanović, Assistant Professor; MA Semra Husović
Methodology	Lectures and exercises.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Lektion 1: Glück im Alltag über Vergangenes berichten; Zeitungsmeldungen verstehen/schreiben; über Erinnerungen aus Kindheit berichten; Präteritum, Konjunktion als; über Glücksmomente berichten; ein Radiointerview verstehen; über Erlebnisse in der Vergangenheit sprechen; über Glücksbringer sprechen; Plusquamperfekt
I week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
II week lectures	Lektion 2: Unterhaltung über Serien sprechen: Meinungen und Vorlieben ausdrücken; Gegensätze ausdrücken; Konjunktion obwohl; Gradpartikeln; Eigenschaften von Dingen und Personen beschreiben; in einer Diskussion einen Konsens finden; eine Statistik zum Thema verfassen; Relativpronomen der, die, das und Relativsatz
II week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
III week lectures	Lektion 3: Gesund bleiben Über Gesundheitstipps sprechen; Untersuchung beim Arzt; Vorgänge beschreiben; Fitnessübungen beschreiben und machen; Passiv Präsens mit Modalverben; Genitiv mit definitivem und indefinitem Artikel
III week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
IV week lectures	Lektion 3: Gesund bleiben einen Rat suchen; einen Ratschlag/eine Empfehlung geben; eine Kursstatistik erstellen und darüber sprechen; einen Forumsbeitrag verstehen und Tipps geben; Vermutungen austauschen; über Thesen diskutieren;
IV week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
V week lectures	Lektion 4: Sprachen über Irreales sprechen; höflich absagen; eine Radiosendung zum Thema Fremdsprachen lernen verstehen; Konjunktiv II: irreale Bedingungen mit wenn; Präposition; wegen + Genitiv
V week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
VI week lectures	Lektion 4: Sprachen höflich nachfragen; Tipps verstehen und zuordnen; Lerntipps geben; einen Text zum Thema Mehrsprachigkeit verstehen; über die eigene(n) Sprache(n) sprechen
VI week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
VII week lectures	Midterm exam.
VII week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
VIII week lectures	Lektion 5: Eine Arbeit finden Stellenanzeigen verstehen; eine Bewerbung schreiben; ein Bewerbungsgespräch führen; Infinitiv mit zu; Temporale Präpositionen (während, außerhalb; innerhalb) + Genitiv
VIII week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
IX week lectures	Make up exam.
IX week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
X week lectures	Lektion 5: Eine Arbeit finden über Berufswünsche und –interessen sprechen; Techniken verstehen und selbst anwenden
X week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XI week lectures	Lektion 6: Dienstleistung Texte über Geschäftsideen verstehen; über Geschäftsideen sprechen; über Kenntnisse und Kompetenzen im Beruf sprechen; Verben und Ausdrücke mit es; Konjunktionen um … zu + Infinitiv und damit
XI week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XII week lectures	Lektion 6: Dienstleistung Ratschläge für Probleme im Arbeitsalltag geben; ein Kundengespräch im Geschäft führen; eine Beschwerde schreiben; Konjunktion statt/ohne … zu + Infinitiv
XII week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XIII week lectures	Lektion 7: Rund ums Wohnen Probleme beim Zusammenleben; eine Hausordnung verstehen und schreiben; Konflikte mit Nachbarn lösen; Kritik höflich formulieren und höflich auf Kritik reagieren; Zweiteilige Konjunktionen: nicht nur… sondern auch, zwar… aber, entweder… oder; Konjunktiv II der Vergangenheit: Konjugation, irreale Wünsche
XIII week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XIV week lectures	Lektion 7: Rund ums Wohnen über die eigene Wohnsituation schreiben; einen Text und ein Interview zum Thema Fernbeziehungen verstehen; über Beziehungen sprechen; Wiederholung: Verben mit Präpositionen; Präposition trotz + Genitiv
XIV week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XV week lectures	Vorbereitung auf die Abschlussprüfung
XV week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are obliged to attend lectures, engage actively in class activities, complete all assignments, including tests and mid-term exams, as well as the final exam.
Consultations	Mondays and per e-mail.
Literature	Schritte international Neu 5 (B1.1). Deutsch als Fremdsprache Kurs und Arbeitsbuch mit Audio-CDs., 2020 (Lektion 1-7) (coursebook and workbook)
Examination methods	The assessment includes class attendance, active participation, homework, midterms, and the final exam.
Special remarks
Comment	At the start of the semester, students will receive a detailed weekly course outline, including materials and assignments.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / GERMAN LANGUAGE VI

Course:

GERMAN LANGUAGE VI/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
3689	Obavezan	6	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	None.
Aims	Course Learning objectives: 1. Systematic development of all language skills in the field of German at the B1.2 level of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages; 2. Introduction to professional terminology and narrowly-specific structures in the field of German at the B1.2 level in written and oral communication; 3. Acquisition of grammatical knowledge, techniques and skills necessary for understanding and translating professional texts as well as for oral presentations and translations on topics in the field of German at the B1.2 level.
Learning outcomes	By the end of this course a student will be able to: 1. Demonstrate high levels of communicative competence in (vocational) German at the B1.2 level of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages; 2. Use standard language norms at the B1.2 level of German in written and oral communication; 3. Apply advanced grammar knowledge and specialised techniques and skills of written and oral translation and translate texts from German and into German; 4. Analyse the written or spoken text in detail and comprehensively and recognize key ideas and implicit meaning; 5. Discuss topics on general theoretical and practical knowledge.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Sabina Osmanović, Assistant Professor; MA Semra Husović
Methodology	Lectures and exercises.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Lektion 8: Unter Kollegen Arbeitsaufträge höflich ablehnen; ein Interview verstehen; über den Umgang mit Kollegen diskutieren Konjunktion falls, zweiteilige Konjunktion: je... desto/umso eine Person näher beschreiben; das du anbieten, duzen oder siezen? Relativsatz mit Präpositionen; Adjektiv als Nomen, n-Deklination
I week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
II week lectures	Lektion 9: Virtuelle Welt Über Arbeitsabläufe sprechen; etwas planen; über Schein und Wirklichkeit sprechen Konjunktionen während, nachdem, bevor, Konjunktion als ob über die Funktion von Geräten sprechen; Bedienungsanleitungen verstehen und erklären, wie etwas funktioniert; in einem Forum antworten, eine Radiodiskussion zum Thema digitale Welt verstehen; über digitale Medien diskutieren
II week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
III week lectures	Lektion 10: Werbung und Konsum sich beschweren, etwas reklamieren; über Pannen und Missgeschicke im Alltag sprechen; zweiteilige Konjunktion: sowohl… als auch; zweiteilige Konjunktion weder… noch; Relativsatz mit wo und was
III week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
IV week lectures	Lektion 10: Werbung und Konsum Produkte beschreiben; eine Radioreportage zum Thema Crowdsourcing verstehen; Crowdsourcing ausprobieren; einen Lesetext zum Thema verstehen Partizip Präsens als Adjektiv
IV week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
V week lectures	Lektion 11: Miteinander Vermutungen, Pläne, Versprechen ausdrücken; über gutes Benehmen und Umgangsformen sprechen Futur I; Konjunktion da
V week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
VI week lectures	Lektion 11: Miteinander Regeln im Straßenverkehr; falsches Verhalten im Straßenverkehr; Aussagen zum Thema Fremdheit verstehen, über Erfahrungen von Fremdheit sprechen; Aussagen zu unterschiedlichen Arbeitsalltagen verstehen; den eigenen Arbeitsalltag beschreiben
VI week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
VII week lectures	Midterm exam.
VII week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
VIII week lectures	Lektion 12: Soziales Engagement Angebote eines Bahnunternehmens verstehen; ein Problem beschreiben und sich beraten lassen; Informationen zu Vereinen in deutschsprachigen Ländern verstehen Konjunktion seit/seitdem, Konjunktion bis; Konjunktion indem Präpositionen (während, außerhalb; innerhalb) + Genitiv
VIII week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
IX week lectures	Make up exam.
IX week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
X week lectures	Lektion 12: Soziales Engagement über persönliches Engagement sprechen; über Vorbilder sprechen; über Gewissensfragen sprechen und einen Standpunkt vertreten Konjunktionen ohne dass/ohne zu; Präposition außer + Dativ
X week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XI week lectures	Lektion 13: Aus Politik und Geschichte über Biografien sprechen; etwas bewerten und vergleichen, seine Meinung sagen; Verbesserungsvorschläge machen Passiv Perfekt; Passiv Präteritum; Adjektivdeklination mit Komparativ und Superlativ
XI week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XII week lectures	Lektion 13: Aus Politik und Geschichte Zeitungsmeldungen verstehen und zusammenfassen; deutsche Geschichte nach 1945 verstehen; die Geschichte eines Landes präsentieren
XII week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XIII week lectures	Lektion 14: Alte und neue Heimat über regionale Spezialitäten sprechen; ein Fest planen; eine Reportage zum Thema verstehen; über Heimat sprechen Wiederholung: Wortbildung Nomen;
XIII week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XIV week lectures	Lektion 14: Alte und neue Heimat über Europa und die Europäische Union sprechen; über den eigenen Deutschlernweg sprechen; über Pläne und die Zukunft sprechen;Verben mit Präpositionen; Präpositionaladverbien
XIV week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XV week lectures	Vorbereitung auf die Abschlussprüfung
XV week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are obliged to attend lectures, engage actively in class activities, complete all assignments, including tests and mid-term exams, as well as the final exam.
Consultations	Mondays and per e-mail.
Literature	Schritte international Neu 6 (B1.2). Deutsch als Fremdsprache Kurs und Arbeitsbuch mit Audio-CDs., 2020 (Lektion 8-14) (coursebook and workbook)
Examination methods	The assessment includes class attendance, active participation, homework, midterms, and the final exam.
Special remarks
Comment	At the start of the semester, students will receive a detailed weekly course outline, including materials and assignments.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / CONTEMPORARY ENGLISH LANGUAGE V

Course:

CONTEMPORARY ENGLISH LANGUAGE V/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
3702	Obavezan	5	10	0+9+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	Passed Contemporary English I, II, III, IV
Aims	Understanding spoken and written text, the grammar in usage, mastering oral and written communication in English. Training students to translate both literary texts and those from technical literature, to observe and classify translation problems and resolve them according to the situation.
Learning outcomes	Learning outcomes for the subject Contemporary English Language V Through translation exercises in both directions, as well as textual analysis exercises, students will continuously enrich their vocabulary with new words, syntagms and collocations, which will contribute to the continued development of their communication skills and language competence. By translating texts in both directions, students will more easily recognise formal as well as cultural differences between the target languages and successfully analyse textual and extra-textual factors necessary for high-quality translation of texts, both into and from English. By translating non-literary texts the students will master the essential terminology and syntax for these requirements, and will be able to translate texts from daily newspapers and periodicals from the areas of law, economics and social issues. Students will be able to critically and analytically approach a given text and in a contextualised way transfer the meaning into the target language. Students will be able to more effectively make use of dictionaries, reference literature and other aids in the process of translation and, by use of discussion, will also be able to cooperate with their fellow students in the analysis and translation of the given text. Students will be able to apply their knowledge of grammar with regard to developing their receptive language skills (listening – verbal and non-verbal – and reading) and their productive language skills (speaking and writing) through the use of complex grammatical structures in the English language. Students have an active vocabulary and understanding of complex grammatical structures and the organisation of the text. Students are able to write illustrative, argumentative and comparative essays on a given subject. Students are able to discuss about a wide spectrum of subjects, using appropriate and complex thematic vocabulary. Students can use idioms and phrasal verbs and are able to carry out a comprehensive analysis of an authentic English-language text. Students will be able to independently devise, plan, put together and write a seminar paper about a chosen subject.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	dr Sanja Ćetković, mr Jelena Vulanović, mr Gordana Kustudić, mr Jovana Đurčević, mr Aleksandra Simanić
Methodology	Exercises, consultations, homework, individual preparation of colloquiums in class.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts (Unit 1); oral and written exercises (Argumentative essay); grammar in usage(Present time, past time, future time); translation into the English language, an (a selection of excerpts from literary works by local auth
II week lectures
II week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; oral and written exercises (Argumentative essay); grammar in usage (Passives and causatives) translation into English; translation from English - excerpts from anglophone newspapers, -Lexical cloze, Collocation, Idi
III week lectures
III week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; oral and written exercises (Argumentative essay); grammar in usage (Conditionals); translation into the English language of (a selection of excerpts from literary works by local authors); translation from English -
IV week lectures
IV week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; oral and written exercises (Argumentative essay); grammar in usage; translation into the English language (a selection of excerpts from literary works by local authors); translation from English - excerpts from angl
V week lectures
V week exercises	Understanding speech and written text (Review); oral and written exercises (Argumentative essay, Review); grammar in usage (Review); translation into the English language, an English translation of (a selection of excerpts from literary works by local aut
VI week lectures
VI week exercises	Preparation for the test; translation from English - excerpts from Anglophone daily newspapers; Reading: Multiple-choice questions: Expressions with time Language in use: Word formation
VII week lectures
VII week exercises	Free Week
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises	Colloquium I, Language in use: Structure - Stative verbs, Continuous aspect Comprehension and summary: Understanding referencing; translation from English - excerpts from Anglophone daily newspapers;
IX week lectures
IX week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; oral and written exercises (Comparison and contrast essay grammar in the application (Adjectives and adverbs 1); translation from the English language, an English translation of (a selection of excerpts from literar
X week lectures
X week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; oral and written exercises (Comparison and contrast essay grammar in the application (Adjectives and adverbs 2); translation into the English language (a selection of excerpts from literary works by local authors);
XI week lectures
XI week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; oral and written exercises (Comparison and contrast essay grammar in usage (Adjectives and adverbs 3); translation into the English language (a selection of excerpts from literary works by local authors); translatio
XII week lectures
XII week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; oral and written exercises (Comparison and contrast essay grammar in the application (Pronouns I, II); translation from the English language, an English translation of (a selection of excerpts from literary works by
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises	Review, translation from English - excerpts from anglophone daily press (politics); Language in use: Modal verbs, Unit 3 Language in use: Modal verbs, Gapped sentences Comprehension and summary: Shortening and summary Listening: Multiple-choice questio
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises	Preparation for the test, translation from English - excerpts from anglophone daily newspapers policies); XIII Sunday Unit 3 Overview: lexical cloze, cloze, gapped sentences C test Vocabulary Test Unit 3
XV week lectures
XV week exercises	Colloquium II

Student workload	Weekly 10 credits x 40/30 = 13 hours, 30 minutes Structure: 7 exercises 6 hours and 30 minutes In the course of the semester Teaching and the final exam: (13 hours 30 minutes) x 16 = 208 hours 30 minutes Preparation before the start of the semester (administration, enrollment, etc) 2x (13 hours 30 minutes) = 27 hours Total hours for the course 10x30 = 300 hours Additional work for exams preparing correction of final exam, including the exam taking from 0 to 48 hours (the remaining time of the first two items to the total hours for the course 300 hours) Structure: 208 hours and 30 minutes (lectures) + 27 + hours (preparation) + 48 hours (additional work)
Per week	Per semester
10 credits x 40/30=13 hours and 20 minuts 0 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 9 excercises 4 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =213 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =26 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 10 x 30=300 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 213 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 26 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are required to attend classes, to participate actively, to do colloquiums during the semester test and final exam
Consultations
Literature	Mammal, M & Steve Taylor-Knowles. 2008 Destination C1 & C2 Grammar and Vocabulary, MacmillanPublishers Limited Yule, G. 2010. Oxford Practice Grammar. Oxford: Oxford University Press Kathy Gude, Michael Duckworth (2002), Proficiency Masterclass, OUP; D
Examination methods	Attendance 4 points One dictation 8 points Colloquiums 40 points Final exam 42 points Students receive a passing grade if he/she collects 51 points during the semester.
Special remarks	Teaching associates have made changes to the curriculum regarding assessment, so instead of three tests that had a maximum of ten points and final exam, they developed a program under which the assessments are carried out through two tests and final exam
Comment	Classes are taught in English

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / CONTEMPORARY ENGLISH LANGUAGE V

Course:

CONTEMPORARY ENGLISH LANGUAGE V/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
3702	Obavezan	5	10	0+9+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	Passed Contemporary English I, II, III, IV
Aims	Understanding spoken and written text, the grammar in usage, mastering oral and written communication in English. Training students to translate both literary texts and those from technical literature, to observe and classify translation problems and resolve them according to the situation.
Learning outcomes	Learning outcomes for the subject Contemporary English Language V Through translation exercises in both directions, as well as textual analysis exercises, students will continuously enrich their vocabulary with new words, syntagms and collocations, which will contribute to the continued development of their communication skills and language competence. By translating texts in both directions, students will more easily recognise formal as well as cultural differences between the target languages and successfully analyse textual and extra-textual factors necessary for high-quality translation of texts, both into and from English. By translating non-literary texts the students will master the essential terminology and syntax for these requirements, and will be able to translate texts from daily newspapers and periodicals from the areas of law, economics and social issues. Students will be able to critically and analytically approach a given text and in a contextualised way transfer the meaning into the target language. Students will be able to more effectively make use of dictionaries, reference literature and other aids in the process of translation and, by use of discussion, will also be able to cooperate with their fellow students in the analysis and translation of the given text. Students will be able to apply their knowledge of grammar with regard to developing their receptive language skills (listening – verbal and non-verbal – and reading) and their productive language skills (speaking and writing) through the use of complex grammatical structures in the English language. Students have an active vocabulary and understanding of complex grammatical structures and the organisation of the text. Students are able to write illustrative, argumentative and comparative essays on a given subject. Students are able to discuss about a wide spectrum of subjects, using appropriate and complex thematic vocabulary. Students can use idioms and phrasal verbs and are able to carry out a comprehensive analysis of an authentic English-language text. Students will be able to independently devise, plan, put together and write a seminar paper about a chosen subject.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	dr Sanja Ćetković, mr Jelena Vulanović, mr Gordana Kustudić, mr Jovana Đurčević, mr Aleksandra Simanić
Methodology	Exercises, consultations, homework, individual preparation of colloquiums in class.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts (Unit 1); oral and written exercises (Argumentative essay); grammar in usage(Present time, past time, future time); translation into the English language, an (a selection of excerpts from literary works by local auth
II week lectures
II week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; oral and written exercises (Argumentative essay); grammar in usage (Passives and causatives) translation into English; translation from English - excerpts from anglophone newspapers, -Lexical cloze, Collocation, Idi
III week lectures
III week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; oral and written exercises (Argumentative essay); grammar in usage (Conditionals); translation into the English language of (a selection of excerpts from literary works by local authors); translation from English -
IV week lectures
IV week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; oral and written exercises (Argumentative essay); grammar in usage; translation into the English language (a selection of excerpts from literary works by local authors); translation from English - excerpts from angl
V week lectures
V week exercises	Understanding speech and written text (Review); oral and written exercises (Argumentative essay, Review); grammar in usage (Review); translation into the English language, an English translation of (a selection of excerpts from literary works by local aut
VI week lectures
VI week exercises	Preparation for the test; translation from English - excerpts from Anglophone daily newspapers; Reading: Multiple-choice questions: Expressions with time Language in use: Word formation
VII week lectures
VII week exercises	Free Week
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises	Colloquium I, Language in use: Structure - Stative verbs, Continuous aspect Comprehension and summary: Understanding referencing; translation from English - excerpts from Anglophone daily newspapers;
IX week lectures
IX week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; oral and written exercises (Comparison and contrast essay grammar in the application (Adjectives and adverbs 1); translation from the English language, an English translation of (a selection of excerpts from literar
X week lectures
X week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; oral and written exercises (Comparison and contrast essay grammar in the application (Adjectives and adverbs 2); translation into the English language (a selection of excerpts from literary works by local authors);
XI week lectures
XI week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; oral and written exercises (Comparison and contrast essay grammar in usage (Adjectives and adverbs 3); translation into the English language (a selection of excerpts from literary works by local authors); translatio
XII week lectures
XII week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; oral and written exercises (Comparison and contrast essay grammar in the application (Pronouns I, II); translation from the English language, an English translation of (a selection of excerpts from literary works by
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises	Review, translation from English - excerpts from anglophone daily press (politics); Language in use: Modal verbs, Unit 3 Language in use: Modal verbs, Gapped sentences Comprehension and summary: Shortening and summary Listening: Multiple-choice questio
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises	Preparation for the test, translation from English - excerpts from anglophone daily newspapers policies); XIII Sunday Unit 3 Overview: lexical cloze, cloze, gapped sentences C test Vocabulary Test Unit 3
XV week lectures
XV week exercises	Colloquium II

Student workload	Weekly 10 credits x 40/30 = 13 hours, 30 minutes Structure: 7 exercises 6 hours and 30 minutes In the course of the semester Teaching and the final exam: (13 hours 30 minutes) x 16 = 208 hours 30 minutes Preparation before the start of the semester (administration, enrollment, etc) 2x (13 hours 30 minutes) = 27 hours Total hours for the course 10x30 = 300 hours Additional work for exams preparing correction of final exam, including the exam taking from 0 to 48 hours (the remaining time of the first two items to the total hours for the course 300 hours) Structure: 208 hours and 30 minutes (lectures) + 27 + hours (preparation) + 48 hours (additional work)
Per week	Per semester
10 credits x 40/30=13 hours and 20 minuts 0 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 9 excercises 4 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =213 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =26 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 10 x 30=300 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 213 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 26 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are required to attend classes, to participate actively, to do colloquiums during the semester test and final exam
Consultations
Literature	Mammal, M & Steve Taylor-Knowles. 2008 Destination C1 & C2 Grammar and Vocabulary, MacmillanPublishers Limited Yule, G. 2010. Oxford Practice Grammar. Oxford: Oxford University Press Kathy Gude, Michael Duckworth (2002), Proficiency Masterclass, OUP; D
Examination methods	Attendance 4 points One dictation 8 points Colloquiums 40 points Final exam 42 points Students receive a passing grade if he/she collects 51 points during the semester.
Special remarks	Teaching associates have made changes to the curriculum regarding assessment, so instead of three tests that had a maximum of ten points and final exam, they developed a program under which the assessments are carried out through two tests and final exam
Comment	Classes are taught in English

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / MODERN ENGLISH LANGUAGE VI

Course:

MODERN ENGLISH LANGUAGE VI/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
3703	Obavezan	6	10	0+9+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	Passed Contemporary English I, II, III, IV
Aims	Understanding spoken and written text, the grammar in usage, mastering oral and written communication in English. Training students to translate both literary texts and those from technical literature, to observe and classify translation problems and resolve them according to the situation.
Learning outcomes	Learning outcomes for the subject Contemporary English Language VI Through translation exercises in both directions, as well as textual analysis exercises, students will be able to enrich their vocabulary with new words, syntagms and collocations, which will contribute to the continued development of their communication skills and language competence. By translating texts into English, students will more easily recognise formal as well as cultural differences between the target languages and successfully analyse textual and extra-textual factors necessary for high-quality translation of texts of this type. By translating non-literary texts the students will master the essential terminology and syntax for these requirements, and will be able to translate texts of declarations, laws and public tenders. Students will be able to critically and analytically approach a given text and in a contextualised way transfer the meaning into the target language. Students will be able to apply their knowledge of grammar with regard to developing their receptive language skills (listening – verbal and non-verbal – and reading) and their productive language skills (speaking and writing) through the use of complex grammatical structures in the English language. Students have an active vocabulary and understanding of complex grammatical structures and the organisation of the text. Students are able to write illustrative, argumentative and comparative essays on a given subject. Students are able to discuss about a wide spectrum of subjects, using appropriate and complex thematic vocabulary. Students can use idioms and phrasal verbs and are able to carry out a comprehensive analysis of an authentic English-language text.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	dr Marijana Cerović, dr Sanja Ćetković, mr Aleksandra Simanić, mr Gordana Kustudić, mr Jovana Đurčević
Methodology	Exercises, consultations, homework, individual preparation of colloquiums in class.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises	Understanding speech and written text; oral and written exercises; grammar in usage (infinitives and gerunds); translation from the English language, Translation into English (a selection of excerpts from literary works of local authors). Unit 4 Readin
II week lectures
II week exercises	Understanding the speech and the written text; oral and written exercises; grammar in usage (Relative clauses I); translation from the English language, Translation into English (a selection of excerpts from literary works by local authors). Unit 4 Lang
III week lectures
III week exercises	Understanding the speech and the written text; oral and written exercises; in usage grammar (Relative clauses II); translation from the English language, Translation into English (articles). Unit 4 Listening: Three-way matching Speaking: Themed discus
IV week lectures
IV week exercises	Understanding speech and written text; oral and written exercises; grammar in usage (Noun clauses); translation from the English language, Translation into English (a selection of excerpts from literary works by local authors). Unit 4 Revision Unit 4
V week lectures
V week exercises	Understanding speech and written text; oral and written exercises; grammar in usage (Review); translation from the English language, an English translation (articles-travel books). Unit Reading -Lexical Cloze -Collocations, Expressions with light and
VI week lectures
VI week exercises	Understanding speech and written text; oral and written exercises; grammar in usage (Review); translation from the English language, an English translation (articles-travel books). Unit 5 Reading -Lexical Cloze -Collocations, Expressions with light an
VII week lectures
VII week exercises	Free Week
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises	Understanding speech and written text; oral and written exercises; grammar in usage (adverbial clauses 2); translation from the English language, Translation into English (newspaper articles on various topics). COlloquium results analysisv
IX week lectures
IX week exercises	Understanding speech and written text; oral and written exercises; grammar in usage (adverbial clauses 2); translation from the English language, Translation into English (newspaper articles on various topics). COlloquium results analysis Unit 5 Liste
X week lectures
X week exercises	Understanding speech and written text; oral and written exercises; grammar in usage (Noun clauses); translation from English, translation into English (a selection of excerpts from literary works by local authors) Unit 5 Speaking: Themed discussion-Loca
XI week lectures
XI week exercises	Understanding speech and written text; oral and written exercises; grammar in usage (noun phrases); translation from the English language, Translation into English (practicing consecutive translation of non-literary texts). Unit 6 Reading Multiple-cho
XII week lectures
XII week exercises	Understanding speech and written text; oral and written exercises; grammar in usage (Review); translation from the English language, Translation into English (a selection of excerpts from literary works by local authors). Unit 6 Language in use: -wor
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises	Preparation for the test II Translation to English - revision of vocabulary Unit 6 Listening: Multiple-choice questions Speaking: English as an international language
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises	Translation from the English language, Translation into English Oral and written exercises - project Revision and Consolidation C test Unit 6 test
XV week lectures
XV week exercises	Colloquium II

Student workload	Weekly 10 credits x 40/30 = 13 hours, 30 minutes Structure: 7 exercises 6 hours and 30 minutes In the course of the semester Teaching and the final exam: (13 hours 30 minutes) x 16 = 208 hours 30 minutes Preparation before the start of the semester (administration, enrollment, etc) 2x (13 hours 30 minutes) = 27 hours Total hours for the course 10x30 = 300 hours Additional work for exams preparing correction of final exam, including the exam taking from 0 to 48 hours (the remaining time of the first two items to the total hours for the course 300 hours) Structure: 208 hours and 30 minutes (lectures) + 27 + hours (preparation) + 48 hours (additional work)
Per week	Per semester
10 credits x 40/30=13 hours and 20 minuts 0 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 9 excercises 4 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =213 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =26 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 10 x 30=300 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 213 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 26 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are required to attend classes, to participate actively, to do colloquiums during the semester test and final exam
Consultations
Literature	Mammal, M & Steve Taylor-Knowles. 2008 Destination C1 & C2 Grammar and Vocabulary, MacmillanPublishers Limited Yule, G. 2010. Oxford Practice Grammar. Oxford: Oxford University Press Kathy Gude, Michael Duckworth (2002), Proficiency Masterclass, OUP; R
Examination methods	Attendance 4 points One dictation 8 points Colloquiums 40 points Final exam 42 points Students receive a passing grade if he/she collects 51 points during the semester.
Special remarks	Teaching associates have made changes to the curriculum regarding assessment, so instead of three tests that had a maximum of ten points and final exam, they developed a program under which the assessments are carried out through two tests and final exam
Comment	Classes are taught in English

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / FUNCTIONAL SYNTAX

Course:

FUNCTIONAL SYNTAX/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
3704	Obavezan	5	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / 19TH CENTURY ENGLISH LITERATURE

Course:

19TH CENTURY ENGLISH LITERATURE/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
3705	Obavezan	5	6	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	There are no pre-conditions for the attendance of this course.
Aims	Through this course the students will learn about the major trends and literary movements in Great Britain in the 19th century, as well as about the leading literary figures and their most representative works, but they will also get to know the general social and cultural atmosphere of the period. Due to the abrupt industrialisation in the 19th century, Great Britain became the leading economic and political power in the world. Therefore, this tumultuous period has appeared as one of the major determinants of the spirit of the British culture as it presents itself in contemporary world. We will become acquainted with this spirit through the examples of most beautiful linguistic expressions it left behind.
Learning outcomes	After successful realisation of this course, students will be able to: 1. explain the social function of literature in the 19th-century Great Britain, 2. describe major literary movements and recognise them in individual works, as well as support the claim with an example from literature, 3. read literary works in English and translate them, 4. explain main aesthetic characteristics of individual literary works from 19th century, 5. recognise the key concepts in a literary text from 19th century, 6. apply pre-existing knowledge in the interpretation of the 19th-century literary works, 7. make connections between the works of various authors from various periods, 8. compare and analyse 19th-century literary works after a given model, and connect them with the leading tendencies from literary, ideological, and religious spheres, 9. connect wider cultural and civil values with given literary texts, 10. communicate fluently in native and in English language about given topics in the field, 11. differentiate relevant and Seconddary literary sources, 12. apply theoretical knowledge in grouping important literary elements of individual 19-century literary texts, 13. develop discourse analysis of a literary work and define structuring mechanisms of 19th-century literary works, 14. plan their own studies independently 15. develop empathy between their own impressions about a literary text and the discourse of everyday life, 16. argue by using examples from the reading list in everyday communication, 17. independently design and compose an original essay, homework, or term paper, with a topic from 19th-century English literature, 18. estimate the literary value of a given work, judging its formal and aesthetic quality, and explain their standpoint, 19. evaluate the generic approach to a literary work from the 19th century.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	prof. dr Marija Krivokapić dr Vanja Vukićević Garić
Methodology	This course consists of lectures and seminars, including homework, reading of the selected literary texts and authoritative references, a variety of student activity in the class, and discussions during office hours.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	An introduction to the context and the course, to the working methods and obligations
I week exercises	Homework assignments
II week lectures	An introduction in the social context, Victorian culture, Victorian morality, popularity of fiction and marginalization of poetry
II week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
III week lectures	Matthew Arnolds social and literary criticism, selection form poetry
III week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected texts.
IV week lectures	Alfred Tennyson, selection from poetry
IV week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected texts.
V week lectures	Robert Browning, selection from poetry
V week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected texts.
VI week lectures	Pre-Raphaelite Brotherhood, selection from poetry
VI week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected texts.
VII week lectures	Summary and preparation for the mid-term exam
VII week exercises	Summary and preparation for the mid-term exam
VIII week lectures	Mid-term exam
VIII week exercises	Analysis of the test and the mid-term results
IX week lectures	Victorian ficton
IX week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected texts
X week lectures	Charles Dickens, William Makepeace Thackeray, George Eliot
X week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected texts
XI week lectures	Emily Bronte, Wuthering Heights
XI week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected texts
XII week lectures	Henry James, A Portrait of a Lady
XII week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected texts
XIII week lectures	Joseph Conrad, Heart of Darkness
XIII week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected texts
XIV week lectures	Oscar Wild, The Picture of Dorian Gray
XIV week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected texts
XV week lectures	Summary and preparation for the exam
XV week exercises	Summary and preparation for the exam

Student workload	WEEKLY 6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours Structure: 1.5 hours of lectures 1.5 hours of seminars 5 hours of independent work including consulations, translations, reading, and homework PER SEMESTER Class attendance and final exams: (8 hours) x 16 = 128 hours Neccessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrolment, verification) 2 x (8 hours) = 16 hours Total: 6x30 = 180 hours Additional work for the preparation of the make-up exam: 0 to 36 hours Structure: 128 hours (classes) +16 hours (preparation) + 36 hours (additional work)
Per week	Per semester
6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are obliged to be regular at the lecture and seminars, to actively participate in the classes, to do homework in the written form and present it to their pears in the class.
Consultations	Monday and Thursday, 13.00-14.00
Literature	Zoranić, A, M. Krivokapić, Nineteenth and Twentieth Century British Poetry, University of Novi Pazar, 2018. Knežević, Marija i Aleksandra N.-Batrićević: Reader’s Companion to Victorian Literature, Kolo, Nikšić, 2003. Kostić, Veselin (ed): Engleska književnost III, Svjetlost, Sarajevo, 1984. Puhalo, Dušan: Engleska književnost XIX i XX veka, Naučna knjiga, Beograd, 1976. Ristić, Ratomir: Reading and Understanding Victorian Poetry, Univerzitet u Nišu, Niš, 1992. Patrick Brantlinger, William Thesing, A Companion to Victorian Literature, 2002; Philip Davies, Why Victorian Literature Still Matters, 2008.
Examination methods	Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the mastered material, while the passing grade will be achieved with the accumulation of 51% of the total material, as follows: Attendance – 5 points Homework –5 points Activity in the class –5 points M
Special remarks	The course will be held in English and Montenegrin.
Comment	None.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / TRANSFORMATIONAL SYNTAX

Course:

TRANSFORMATIONAL SYNTAX/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
3708	Obavezan	6	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / 20TH CENTURY ENGLISH LITERATURE

Course:

20TH CENTURY ENGLISH LITERATURE/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
3709	Obavezan	6	6	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	There are no pre-conditions for the attendance of this course.
Aims	This course introduces students to major trends and literary movements in Great Britain in the 20th century, the leading authors and their most representative works, as well as the general spirit of the time. The Twentieth was a century full of turmoil in which Great Britain faced major social, political, and cultural crises. This crisis is evident in literary works and significantly reflective of the global atmosphere. Mastering of literary analysis.
Learning outcomes	After the successful realisation of this course, students will be able to: 1. explain the social function of literature in the 20th-century Great Britain, 2. describe major literary movements and recognise them in individual works, as well as support the claim with an example from literature, 3. read literary works in English and translate them, 4. explain main aesthetic characteristics of individual literary works from the 20th century, 5. recognise the key concepts in a literary text from the 20th century, 6. apply pre-existing knowledge in the interpretation of the 20th-century literary works, 7. make connections between the works of various authors from various periods, 8. compare and analyse 20th-century literary works after a given model, and connect them with the leading tendencies from literary, ideological, and religious spheres, 9. connect wider cultural and civil values with given literary texts, 10. communicate fluently in native and in English language about given topics in the field, 11. differentiate relevant from irrelevant literary sources, 12. apply theoretical knowledge in grouping important literary elements of individual 20-century literary texts, 13. develop discourse analysis of a literary work and define structural mechanisms of a 20th-century literary work, 14. plan their own studies independently 15. develop empathy between their own impressions of a literary text and the discourse of everyday life, 16. argue and use examples from the reading list in everyday communication, 17. independently design and compose an original essay, homework, or term paper with a topic from 20th-century English literature, 18. estimate the literary value of a given work, judging its formal and aesthetic quality, and explain their standpoint, 19. value the generic approach to a literary work from the 19th century.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Dr Dijana Mirković
Methodology	This course consists of lectures and seminars, including homework, reading of the selected literary texts and authoritative references, a variety of student activity in the class, and discussions during office hours.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	An introduction to the course, working methods and obligations
I week exercises	Homework assignments
II week lectures	Introduction to the socio-cultural and political context and to its influences on the formal and contextual aspects of the works in question
II week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
III week lectures	World War I, anti-war poetry
III week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts
IV week lectures	Imagism, selected poetry
IV week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts
V week lectures	Thomas Sterns Eliot, selecting poetry and prose
V week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
VI week lectures	William Butler Yeats, selected poetry
VI week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts
VII week lectures	Phillip Larkin, selected poetry
VII week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts
VIII week lectures	Summary and preparation for the mid-term exam
VIII week exercises	Summary and preparation for the mid-term exam
IX week lectures	Mid-term exam
IX week exercises	Analysis of the test and the results
X week lectures	Modern novel. Virginia Woolf, To the Lighthouse
X week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts
XI week lectures	James Joyce, A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man
XI week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts
XII week lectures	David Herbert Lawrence, Women in Love
XII week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts
XIII week lectures	Postmodern novel. John Fowles, The French Lieutenants Woman
XIII week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts
XIV week lectures	Julian Barnes, Arthur & George
XIV week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts
XV week lectures	Summary and preparation for the exam
XV week exercises	Summary and preparation for the exam

Student workload	WEEKLY 6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours Structure: 1.5 hours of lectures 1.5 hours of seminars 5 hours of independent work including consulations, translations, reading, and homework PER SEMESTER Class attendance and final exams: (8 hours) x 16 = 128 hours Neccessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrolment, verification) 2 x (8 hours) = 16 hours Total: 6x30 = 180 hours Additional work for the preparation of the make-up exam: 0 to 36 hours Structure: 128 hours (classes) +16 hours (preparation) + 36 hours (additional work)
Per week	Per semester
6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are obliged to be regular at the lecture and seminars, to actively participate in the classes, to do homework in the written form and present it to their pears in the class.
Consultations	Monday and Thursday, 13.00-14.00
Literature	Faulkner, Peter: Modernism, London – New York: Rutledge, 1991. Koljević, Svetozar: Engleski romansijeri XX veka, Beograd: Zavod za udžbenike i nastavna sredstva, 2002. Koljević, Svetozar: Engleski pesnici XX veka, Beograd: Zavod ya udžbenike i nastavna
Examination methods	Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the material, while the passing grade will be achieved with the accumulation of 51% of the total material, as follows: Attendance – 5 points Homework –5 points Activity in the class –5 points M
Special remarks	The course will be realized in English and Montenegrin.
Comment	None

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / AMERICAN LITERATURE II

Course:

AMERICAN LITERATURE II/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
3710	Obavezan	6	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	There are no prerequisites for this course.
Aims	To familiarise the students with the main movements of American literature, the most significant representatives and their most significant works, as well as to empower students for critical analysis of the works specified in the plan and programme.
Learning outcomes	After students pass this exam, they will be able to: 1. Recognise, read and translate an excerpt of any text from a literary work from the corpus which is offered in the framework of American literature. 2. Individually write an essay and produce a seminar or diploma paper about the main directions of American literature, the most significant representatives and their most significant works. 3. Gauge the value of a literary text on the basis of its formal and aesthetic qualities. 4. Value literary directions and genres, and explain the existence of various forms, performing a comparison with commercial genres. 5. Analyse critical texts and connect them with the movements of modern literary-theory thought. 6. Integrate the aims of the teaching areas: language and literature.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. Aleksandra Nikčević-Batrićević PhD, Dijana Mirković, MA
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, completion of research task, consultations.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Towards a national idiom: Kate Chopin (The Awakening).
I week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts.
II week lectures	Mark Twain and American themes (Huckleberry Finn).
II week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts.
III week lectures	Naturalism in American literature (general characteristics). Stephen Crane (The Red Badge of Courage).
III week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts.
IV week lectures	Women’s voices at the end of the nineteenth century: Willa Cather, Edith Wharton, Anzia Yezierska (selection of works).
IV week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts.
V week lectures	Introduction to nineteenth-century literature: Robert Frost, William Carlos Williams, E.E. Cummings, Marianne Moore.
V week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts.
VI week lectures	The American novel and the nineteen-twenties: meaning of the ‘lost generation’. F. Scott Fitzgerald (The Great Gatsby).
VI week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts.
VII week lectures	Ernest Hemingway (The Snows of Kilimanjaro).
VII week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts.
VIII week lectures	Mid-term exam
VIII week exercises	Detailed analysis of the mid-term exam
IX week lectures	William Faulkner (As I Lay Dying).
IX week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts.
X week lectures	The modern American drama: Eugene O'Neill (Long Day's Journey into Night). Tennessee Williams (A Streetcar Named Desire).
X week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts.
XI week lectures	The Harlem renaissance and other movements in American poetry. Gwendolyn Brooks and Allen Ginsberg (selection of poetry).
XI week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts.
XII week lectures	Movements in American prose: Jack Kerouac, Raymond Carver, Thomas Pynchon, Alice Walker.
XII week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts.
XIII week lectures	Truman Capote: In Cold Blood
XIII week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts.
XIV week lectures	Paul Auster: The New York Trilogy
XIV week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts.
XV week lectures	Toni Morrison: The Bluest Eye
XV week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts.

Student workload	WEEKLY: 4 credits x 40/30 = 5.3 hours. Structure: 1.5 hours of lectures, 1.5 hours of exercises, 2.3 hours of individual work, including consultations. DURING THE SEMESTER: Teaching and final exam: (5.3 hours) x 16 = 84.8. Required preparation before the start of the semester (administration, enrolment, review) 2 x (5.3 hours) = 10.6 hours. Total workload for subject 4 x 30 = 120 hours. Additional work for preparation of exam in the make-up exam period, including taking the make-up exam between 0 and 24,6 hours (time left over from the first two items up to the total workload for the subject).
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are obliged to regularly attend lectures and exercises, at which it is expected that they will actively participate, as well as regularly complete homework assignments, which must be handed into the teacher before the specified deadline.
Consultations	Monday 11:30-12:30 and Wednesday 13:00-14:00; Tuesday 13:00-14:00
Literature	Nikčević-Batrićević, Aleksandra: Reader in American Literature II, Faculty of Philosophy (being printed). Vukčević, Radojka, ed.: An Anthology of American Literature, vol. 1, Institute of Foreign Languages, 1998. Vukčević, Radojka, ed.: An Anthology of
Examination methods	Attendance at lectures and exercises is awarded 4 points; The presentation is awarded a total of 6 points; The research task carries 15 points; One mid-term exam carries 25 points; The final exam carries 50 points.
Special remarks	Lectures and exercises are conducted in English.
Comment	None

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / FRENCH LANGUAGE I

Course:

FRENCH LANGUAGE I/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
3913	Izborni	1	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims	1. Systematic development of all language skills in the field of general French, ending with level A1.1 of the CEFR; 2. Getting to know the terminology and structures of the general French language in written and oral communication at level A1.1; 3. Acquisition of grammatical knowledge, techniques and skills necessary for understanding and translating texts and oral presentations from the field of general French at level A1.1.
Learning outcomes	1. Demonstrate basic receptive and productive, i.e., communicative competence in general French at level A1.1 of the CEFR; 2. Use the language norm of the standard language in written and oral communication at level A1.1; 3. Apply grammatical knowledge, techniques and skills of written and oral translation and translate short texts from French and into French from the field of general French language at level A1.1; 4. Analyze a written or spoken text in detail and comprehensively and recognize key ideas and implicit meaning at A1.1 level of general French; 5. Discuss topics from the general French language at level A1.1.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / RUSSIAN LANGUAGE I

Course:

RUSSIAN LANGUAGE I/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
3916	Izborni	1	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	None
Aims	Developing and raising to a higher level language skills and habits (listening, reading, writing, speaking), independent written and oral presentation on the given topic.
Learning outcomes	After the student passes this exam, he/she will be able to: 1. Government with all four skills of the Russian language (listening, speaking, reading and writing at the A1-A2 level); 2. Uses the potential of language to achieve communicative goals; 3. Adopt and develop the basics of the Russian language and grammar; 4. Master the skill of language translation analysis of text from Russian and into Russian; 5. Independently uses adequate textbooks and scientific literature, bibliographic sources and modern Internet resources in the Russian language.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Assoc. Dr. Zdravko Babić, Marija Mujović
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to the topic of "Family"
I week exercises	Introduction to the topic of "Family"
II week lectures	Speaking topic "Family" (continued)
II week exercises	Speaking topic "Family" (continued)
III week lectures	Processing of the text "Family. A little about myself"
III week exercises	Processing of the text "Family. A little about myself"
IV week lectures	Introduction to the topic "My working day"
IV week exercises	Introduction to the topic "My working day"
V week lectures	Speaking Topic "My Working Day" (continued)
V week exercises	Speaking Topic "My Working Day" (continued)
VI week lectures	Text processing "My working day"
VI week exercises	Colloquium
VII week lectures	Introduction to the topic "Faculty"
VII week exercises	Introduction to the topic "Faculty"
VIII week lectures	Speaking topic "Faculty" (continued)
VIII week exercises	Speaking topic "Faculty" (continued)
IX week lectures	Processing of the text "Faculty. Learning process"
IX week exercises	Processing of the text "Faculty. Learning process"
X week lectures	Introduction to the topic "Home, Apartment"
X week exercises	Introduction to the topic "Home, Apartment"
XI week lectures	Speech topic "Home, Apartment" (continued);
XI week exercises	Speech topic "Home, Apartment" (continued);
XII week lectures	Processing of the text "Dom. Apartment. furniture"
XII week exercises	Processing of the text "Dom. Apartment. furniture"
XIII week lectures	Introduction to the topic "Library"
XIII week exercises	Colloquium
XIV week lectures	Speaking topic "Library" (continued)
XIV week exercises	Speaking topic "Library" (continued)
XV week lectures	Obrada teksta „Библиотека“
XV week exercises	Obrada teksta „Библиотека“

Student workload	4 ECTS credits
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	2 hours of lectures 2 hours of exercises 1 hour and 20 minutes of individual student work (preparation for laboratory exercises, colloquiums, homework) including consultations
Consultations
Literature	I speak Russian and translate 1, Marijana Kiršova, Dragana Kerkez; 53 models of Russian grammar, T. M. Dorofeeva, M. N. Lebedeva; Grammar of the Russian language, Radmilo Marojević; Serbian-Russian dictionary edited by Bogoljub Stanković.
Examination methods	class attendance 5 points; 2 tests of 15 points each (30 points in total); reading and translating 5 points; written and oral presentation on the given topic 10 points. Final exam 50 points.
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / FRENCH LANGUAGE II

Course:

FRENCH LANGUAGE II/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
3923	Izborni	2	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims	1. Systematic development of all language skills in the field of general French language, up to level A1.1 of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages; 2. Familiarization with the terminology and structures of general French language in written and oral communication at level A1.1; 3. Acquisition of grammatical knowledge, techniques, and skills necessary for understanding and translating texts and oral presentations in the field of general French language at level A1.1.
Learning outcomes	After passing this exam, the student will be able to: 1. Demonstrate basic receptive and productive, i.e., communicative competence in the general French language at level A1.1 of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages; 2. Utilize the linguistic norms of the standard language in written and oral communication at level A1.1; 3. Apply grammatical knowledge, techniques, and skills of written and oral translation, translating short texts from and to French, within the realm of the general French language at level A1.1; 4. Analyze written or spoken texts in detail and comprehensively identify key ideas and implicit meanings at level A1.1 of the general French language; 5. Engage in discussions on topics within the domain of the general French language at level A1.1.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Assis. prof. Jasmina Nikčević, PhD; Andrea Peruničić
Methodology	Mastering appropriate language content, with the utmost student participation in various types of grammatical, lexical, phonetic, and communicative exercises (written and oral comprehension and expression); independently, in pairs, in groups.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Proposing/Accepting/Declining an invitation. Talking about plans. The present tense of the verbs vouloir (to want), pouvoir (to be able to). The pronoun on (we). The imperative: 2nd person. Le futur proche.
I week exercises	The practical exercises corresponding to the taught content.
II week lectures	Talking about ones usual schedule. Narrating past events. Le passé composé: morphology and placement of negation. The present of habit/using passé composé.
II week exercises	The practical exercises corresponding to the taught content.
III week lectures	Holidays and rituals in France. Understanding a survey questionnaire. The present tense of verbs ending in -yer and -ir. Chez +pronom tonique. Reciprocal reflexive verbs. The pronoun on (general value).
III week exercises	The practical exercises corresponding to the taught content (films/videos addressing the theme of French civilization).
IV week lectures	Calling/Answering the telephone. Le passé récent et le futur proche. The imperative of the verbs être (to be) and avoir (to have), and reflexive verbs. Telephone conversation formulas.
IV week exercises	The practical exercises corresponding to the taught content.
V week lectures	Evoking past events. Understanding biographical information. Describing a person physically, evoking similarities. Le passé composé: verbs conjugated with être. C’est/Il est.
V week exercises	The practical exercises corresponding to the taught content.
VI week lectures	Identifying famous French singers, whether from heritage or contemporary. Presenting some indispensable personalities from the music/cinema scene in ones country.
VI week exercises	The practical exercises corresponding to the taught content (films/videos addressing the theme of French civilization).
VII week lectures	Review exercises
VII week exercises	TEST
VIII week lectures	Talking about seasons and weather. Expressing sensations/perceptions and feelings. Structures and terms for discussing climate/weather. Verbs/nouns related to senses, sensations, perceptions.
VIII week exercises	The practical exercises corresponding to the taught content.
IX week lectures	Identifying a geographical location. Presenting and describing places. Some adjectives to characterize a place. The placement of descriptive adjectives. The pronoun y (location complement).
IX week exercises	The practical exercises corresponding to the taught content.
X week lectures	Brussels, European capital. Understanding/Writing a sightseeing itinerary. Talking about leisure activities. Writing a holiday letter. Le futur simple. Pronunciation of verbs ending in -er in futur simple.
X week exercises	The practical exercises corresponding to the taught content (films/videos addressing the theme of French civilization, as well as conversation, writing exercises, and familiarization with French culture).
XI week lectures	Discovering successes in Francophone music. Identifying poetic metaphors. Writing a poetic text about a city.
XI week exercises	The practical exercises corresponding to the taught content (films/videos covering the theme of French civilization, as well as conversation, writing exercises, and familiarization with French culture).
XII week lectures	Discussing personal tastes and dietary habits. Understanding/Writing a menu. The use of prepositions de and à in naming dishes. Partitive, definite, and indefinite articles. Expressing negative quantity: pas de (none).
XII week exercises	The practical exercises corresponding to the taught content (simulating a dialogue at a restaurant between waiter and customer; interactive activity).
XIII week lectures	Describing clothing. Providing positive/negative feedback. Inquiring/Specifying size, shoe size. Direct object pronouns (COD): 3rd person. Adverbs for refining an evaluation.
XIII week exercises	The practical exercises corresponding to the taught content.
XIV week lectures	Choosing a gift for someone. Characterizing an object, indicating its function. Indirect object pronouns (COI): 3rd person. Simple relative pronouns. Adjectives ending in -able. Terms related to online shopping.
XIV week exercises	The practical exercises corresponding to the taught content.
XV week lectures	Systematization
XV week exercises	Makeup test. Exam preparation.

Student workload	Weekly: 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hours and 20 minutes Structure: 2 hours of lectures 2 hours of exercises 1 hour and 20 minutes of independent work In a semester: Teaching and final exam: (5 hours and 20 minutes) x 16 = 85 hours and 20 minutes Necessary preparations before the start of the semester (administration, enrollment, validation) 2 x (5 hours and 20 minutes) = 10 hours and 40 minutes Total workload for the subject 4 x 30 = 120 hours Additional work for exam preparation in the re-examination period, including taking the re-examination from 0 to 30 hours Load structure: 85 hours and 20 minutes (teaching) + 10 hours and 40 minutes (preparation) + 24 hours (additional work)
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are required to attend classes, complete tests, and undertake the final examination. Additionally, the instructor reserves the right to assign supplementary tasks, such as homework assignments and presentations.
Consultations	Consultations take place at a time agreed upon with the students.
Literature	Hugot, C. (Ed.). (2012). Alter ego + 1: Méthode de français A1: Livre de l’élève. Paris: Hachette. Jennepin, Y. D. (2005). Nouvelle Grammaire Du Français: Cours De Civilisation Française De La Sorbonne. Paris: Hachette. Delignon, B., & Laurent, N. (2012). La conjugaison pour tous. Paris: Hatier. Gregoire. (2013). Grammaire Progressive Du Français - Nouvelle Edition: Livre Intermédiaire 3e Édition. Paris: Clé International.
Examination methods	Forms of knowledge assessment and grading: Test: 40 points Active attendance and homework: 10 points Final exam: 50 points A B C D E F 90-100 ; 80-89; 70-79; 60-69; 50-59 below 50.
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / RUSSIAN LANGUAGE II

Course:

RUSSIAN LANGUAGE II/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
3926	Izborni	2	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	There are no prerequisites for other subjects, but it is desirable that students have some prior knowledge of the Russian language in order to follow the classes.
Aims	Developing and raising to a higher level language skills and habits (listening, reading, writing and speaking), independent written and oral presentation on the given topic.
Learning outcomes	Outcomes: After passing this exam, the student should: 1. Understands everyday communication and carries out simpler conversations in Russian; 2. Government with all four skills of the Russian language (listening, speaking, reading and writing at level A1 - A2); 3. To use the acquired knowledge to write simple and short texts on topics covered during class; 4. Master the skill of language translation analysis of text from Russian and into Russian: 5. Independently adequately uses textbook and scientific literature, bibliographic sources and modern Internet resources in Russian.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Docent Dr. Marina Koprivica; Lecturer Marija Mujović
Methodology	A short introduction to the appropriate language content, with the greatest possible participation of students in various types of written and oral exercises; independently, in pairs, in a group; conversation.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	1. Introduction to the topic "Eda"
I week exercises	1. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
II week lectures	2. Speaking topic "Eda" (continued)
II week exercises	2. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
III week lectures	3. Processing of the text "Food". "In the dining room. "In a restaurant"
III week exercises	3. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
IV week lectures	4. Introduction to the topic "Health"
IV week exercises	4. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
V week lectures	5. Speaking topic "Health" (continued); processing text "Health". "Medical help"
V week exercises	5. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
VI week lectures	6. Test
VI week exercises	6. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
VII week lectures	7. Introduction to the topic "Magazines"
VII week exercises	7. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
VIII week lectures	8. Speaking topic "The shops" (continued)
VIII week exercises	8. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
IX week lectures	9. "The shops" text processing. "Purchase"
IX week exercises	9. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
X week lectures	10. Introduction to the topic "Weather"
X week exercises	10. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
XI week lectures	11. Speaking topic "Weather"" (continued); processing of the text "Weather". "Times of the year"
XI week exercises	11. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
XII week lectures	12. Test
XII week exercises	12. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
XIII week lectures	13. Introduction to the topic "Human exterior"
XIII week exercises	13. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
XIV week lectures	14. Speaking topic "Human appearance" (continued); text processing "Human Appearance"
XIV week exercises	14. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
XV week lectures	15. Final exam
XV week exercises	15. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.

Student workload	Week In the semester 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hours and 20 minutes Structure: 2 hours of lectures 2 hours of exercises 1 hours and 20 minutes of individual student work (preparation for laboratory exercises, for colloquiums, preparation homework) including consultations Lessons and final exam: (5 hours and 20 minutes) x 16 = 85 hours and 20 minutes Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 x (5 hours and 20 minutes) = 10 hours and 40 minutes Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Additional work for exam preparation in the make-up exam period, including taking the make-up exam from 0 - 30 hours. Load structure: 85 hours and 20 minutes (teaching) + 10 hours and 40 minutes (preparation) + 24 hours (additional work) Weekly In the semester 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hours and 20 minutes Structure: 2 hours lectures, 2 hours of exercises, 1 hour and 20 minutes of individual student work (preparation for laboratory tests exercises, for colloquiums, doing homework) including consultations Classes and final exam: (5 hours and 20 minutes) x 16 = 85 hours and 20 minutes Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 x (5 hours and 20 minutes) = 10 hours and 40 minutes Total workload for course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Additional work for exam preparation in the remedial exam period, including taking a remedial exam from 0 - 30 hours. Load structure: 85 hours and 20 minutes (teaching) + 10 hours and 40 minutes (preparation) + 24 hours (additional work)
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are required to attend classes, prepare and be active they participate in classes, do homework.
Consultations	The teacher consults with the students.
Literature	Literature: "I speak Russian and translate" 1, Marijana Kiršova, Dragana Kerkez: 53 models of Russian grammar, T. M. Dorofeeva, M. N. Lebedeva; Grammar of the Russian language, Radmilo Marojević; Serbian-Russian dictionary edited by Bogoljub Stanković.
Examination methods	Activities 10 points; two tests of 15 points each (30 points in total); presentation (written and oral presentation on the given topic) 10 points; final exam 50 points.
Special remarks	There is none.
Comment	Implementation plan of the teaching program by thematic units and terms students will receive at the beginning of the semester.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / FRENCH LANGUAGE III

Course:

FRENCH LANGUAGE III/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
4522	Izborni	3	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	No conditions to take this course
Aims	Systematic development of all language skills in the field of general French, ending with level A2.1 of the Common European Framework for Living Languages
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Doc. dr Spomenka Delibašić, lecturer and Anica Bojić, teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Unité 1: J’ai des relations !: Leçon 1: Comment vivez-vous l’amitié ? Parler d’une relation amicale. Ami(e)s pour la vie ?
I week exercises	Les pronoms relatifs qui, que, à qui pour donner des précisions.
II week lectures	Unité 1: J’ai des relations !: Leçon 1: Décrire le caractère d’une personne. Parler de la personnalité.
II week exercises	L’accord du participe passé (révision). Les structures pour donner une définition : c’est + infinitif, c’est quand, c’est + nom + proposition relative.
III week lectures	Unité 1: J’ai des relations !: Leçon 2: Ici, pas de fête sans Alain le gardien !
III week exercises	Parler de ses relations de voisinage. Rapporter les paroles de quelqu’un.
IV week lectures	Unité 1: J’ai des relations !: Leçon 2: Évoquer des changements.
IV week exercises	Faire une comparaison.
V week lectures	Unité 1: J’ai des relations !: Leçon 3: L’amour coup de foudre. Raconter une rencontre. Les feux de l’amour.
V week exercises	Le passé composé et l’imparfait pour raconter une rencontre. Raconter les suites d’une rencontre. Les marqueurs temporels il y a, pendant, dans. Carnet de voyage…
VI week lectures	Unité 2: Tout travail mérite salaire: Leçon 1: Postuler pour un job. Jobs à gogo.
VI week exercises	Les marqueurs temporels en, depuis, de … à, pendant.
VII week lectures	Test d’évaluation
VII week exercises	Se présenter dans une situation professionnelle.
VIII week lectures	Unité 2: Tout travail mérite salaire: Leçon 2: Clés pour la réussite. Donner des conseils, mettre en garde. Indiquer des changements nécessires.
VIII week exercises	Le subjonctif pour donner un conseil, exprimer la nécessité. La formation du subjonctif.
IX week lectures	Unité 2: Tout travail mérite salaire: Leçon 3: Stages d’été : pourquoi les jeunes les recherchent. Raconter une expérience professionnelle.
IX week exercises	Le plus-que-parfait pour raconter une expérience passée : l’antériorité dans le passé. Les adverbes pour donner une précision sur une action.
X week lectures	Unité 2: Tout travail mérite salaire: Leçon 3: Parler de ses activités professionnelles.
X week exercises	Les pronoms indéfinis. Carnet de voyage…
XI week lectures	Unité 3: Vous avez dit France? Leçon 1: Ils sont fous, ces Français ! Parler d’un pays et de ses habitants.
XI week exercises	Les pronoms relatifs où et dont pour donner des précisions. Découvrir des stéréotypes. Les pronoms démonstratifs celui, celle, ceux, celles... pour désigner, définir.
XII week lectures	Unité 3: Vous avez dit France? Leçon 2: Informer sur un itinéraire.
XII week exercises	Les pronoms y et en pour indiquer le lieu. Destination: l’insolite. Informer sur des prestations touristiques.
XIII week lectures	Unité 3: Vous avez dit France? Leçon 3: Des week-ends insolites ! Faire une réservation touristique.
XIII week exercises	Le gérondif. Paris-province, où vit-on le mieux en France ? Comprendre une étude comparative.
XIV week lectures	Unité 3: Vous avez dit France? Leçon 3: Paris-province : le match.
XIV week exercises	Le superlatif pour désigner les extrêmes dans un classement. Parler de son lieu de vie. Ce qui, ce que… c’est… pour mettre en relief.
XV week lectures	Test d’évaluation
XV week exercises	Carnet de voyage…

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature	Annie Berthet, Catherine Hugot, Véronique Kizirian, Béatrix Sampsonis, Monique Waendendries; Alter Ego 2, méthode de français A2, Paris: Hachette, 2006. (Unités 1, 2 et 3). Cahier d’exercice de même édition.
Examination methods	Mid-term and oral final exam
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / RUSSIAN LANGUAGE III

Course:

RUSSIAN LANGUAGE III/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
4525	Izborni	3	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	No conditions.
Aims	Develop speech skills, listening, reading, writing (level B1.1.)
Learning outcomes	After the student passes this exam, he will be able to: 1. teach, independent, in writing and oral, on a certain theme; 2. use grammatical forms correctly; 3. understand the text ang talk about it; 4. translate into Russion and from Russian literary texts.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Docent, ph. D Natalija Milikić
Methodology	Lectures, discussions, team work.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	1. Introduction to the theme „Родители и дети“.
I week exercises	1. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
II week lectures	2. Conversation theme „Родители и дети“.
II week exercises	2. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
III week lectures	3. Text with a theme "„Родители и дети“ (F.M.Dostojevski)
III week exercises	3. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
IV week lectures	4. Introduction to the theme „Здоровье“
IV week exercises	4. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
V week lectures	5. Conversation theme „Здоровье“ .
V week exercises	5. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
VI week lectures	6. Text with a theme „Здоровье“ (journalistic style).
VI week exercises	6. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
VII week lectures	7. Introduction to the theme „Спорт“.
VII week exercises	7. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
VIII week lectures	8. Conversation theme „Спорт“.
VIII week exercises	8. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
IX week lectures	9. Text with a theme „История российского спорта“ (journalistic style).
IX week exercises	9. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
X week lectures	10. Introduction to the theme „Олимпийские игры“.
X week exercises	10. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
XI week lectures	11. Conversation theme „Олимпийские игры“.
XI week exercises	11. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
XII week lectures	12. Text with a theme "Московская Олимпиада“ (journalistic style).
XII week exercises	12. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
XIII week lectures	13. Test.
XIII week exercises	13. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
XIV week lectures	14. Text with a theme „История Олимпийских игр“.
XIV week exercises	14. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
XV week lectures	15. Preparing for the exam.
XV week exercises	15. Preparing for the exam.

Student workload	Weekly: 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 h 20 min 4 hours of lectures and practice work 1h 20 min of independent work In semester Teaching and final exam: 16 x5h 20 min = 85h 5 min Necessary preparations: 2 x5h 20 min = 10 h 40 min Total hours for subject: 4 x 30 = 120 Additional work: 24 h 15 min Structure of burden: 85h 5 min (teaching) 10h 40 min (preparation) 24h 15 min (additional work) = 120
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students have to be present on lectures, take preparations and take part on classes and do homework.
Consultations	Teacher takes consultations as agreed with students.
Literature	Е.Л. Корчагина, Н.Д. Литвинова. Приглашение в Россию. Т. 2. Изд-ство Русский язык, Курсы, М., 2006; О. Чагина. Поговорим о себе. Пособие по развитию речи для иностранных учащихся, изд. Русский язык. Курсы, M., 2008; Глазунова О. И. Грамматика русского языка в упражнениях и комментариях. Морфология: 5-е издание. СПб, Златоуст, 2009. Е. Р. Ласкарева. Чистая грамматика, изд. Златоуст. Санкт-Петербург. 2008. С. Хавронина, Н. Крылова. Читаем и говорим по-русски, изд. Русский язык. Курсы, 2007, Н. С. Новикова, О. М. Щербакова, Удивительные истории, изд.Флинта. Наука, Москва, 2014.
Examination methods	Active teaching 10 points, 2 tests with 15 points (total 30), presentation 10 points, final exam with 50 points.
Special remarks	None.
Comment	Plan of realization of teaching program with thematic parts and terms will be given to students in beginning of semester.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / FRENCH LANGUAGE IV

Course:

FRENCH LANGUAGE IV/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
4531	Izborni	4	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims	1. Systematic development of all language skills in the field of general French, ending with level A2.2/B1.1 of the Common European Framework for Living Languages; 2. Getting to know the terminology and structures of the general French language in written and oral communication at the A2.2/B1.1 level; 3. Acquisition of grammatical knowledge, techniques and skills necessary for understanding and translating texts and oral presentations from the field of general French language at level A2.2/B1.1.
Learning outcomes	After the student passes this exam, he/she will be able to: 1. Understands the general meaning of simpler authentic audio-visual or written documents in standard language and to extract important information in somewhat more complex documents. 2. Exchanges ideas and information on related topics in everyday situations. 3. Politely express attitudes, beliefs, agreement/disagreement and ask for clarification in case of possible problems in communication. 4. Uses appropriate language structures clearly connecting ideas, i.e. controls the specifics of the simple extended French sentences in terms of word order in relation to the Montenegrin language. 5. Uses appropriate language in writing different types of texts (formal and informal letter, CV, report, story, summary).
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Sonja Špadijer, assistant professor Anica Bojić, assistant
Methodology	A short introduction to appropriate language content, with the greatest possible participation of students in various genres written and oral exercises; independently, in pairs, in a group; conversation. Open in Google Translate

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Contact making, start-up activities; Work on the song: “Aux Champs-Elysées” J. Dassin (oral comprehension, the text to be completed, the lexicon, oral expression); Express the past;
I week exercises	Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises.
II week lectures	Expressing the past: the past perfect and the imperfect (reading texts; understanding past facts);
II week exercises	Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises.
III week lectures	File 3. – Continuation (expressing the past); Talk about a country and its people; Living conditions and mentalities; Characterize by relative clauses introduced by: who, that, where (revision);
III week exercises	Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises.
IV week lectures	File 3. – Understanding tourist information; The EN and Y pronouns of place; Demonstrative pronouns: he, those, that, those, […]; The revision of the future;
IV week exercises	Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises.
V week lectures	File 3. Make a reservation; Justify your choice ; The gerund;
V week exercises	Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises.
VI week lectures	File 3. Understanding a comparative study; The superlative ; Highlighting ; Talk about where you live;
VI week exercises	Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises.
VII week lectures	Revision; Write and present your curriculum vitae;
VII week exercises	Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises.
VIII week lectures	The mid-semester test
VIII week exercises	Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises.
IX week lectures	File 4. Understanding press titles; Nominalization ;
IX week exercises	Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises.
X week lectures	File 4. Give your opinion on a program, on a subject, […]; The gender of nouns;
X week exercises	Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises.
XI week lectures	File 4. Understanding events reported in the media; Times of the past; The agreement u participle made with the COD;
XI week exercises	Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises.
XII week lectures	File 4. Testifying to an event; Recount events; Passive form; The revision of the future;
XII week exercises	Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises.
XIII week lectures	File 4. Understanding the presentation of a film, critical comments; Personal pronouns COI ;
XIII week exercises	Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises.
XIV week lectures	File 4. Expressing appreciations; The revision ;
XIV week exercises	Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises.
XV week lectures	The final exam.
XV week exercises	Exercices - Oral and written comprehension and expression exercises.

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are required to attend classes, do a colloquium and a final exam. The teacher can set other obligations in the form of homework, presentations, etc.
Consultations	At the time agreed with the students.
Literature	J. Girardet, J. Pécheur, Alter Ego 2, méthode de français (Hachette); Papić, M. Gramatika francuskog jezika, Beograd, 1984; Y. Delatour, D. Jennepin, M. Leon-Dufour, A. Mattle Yeganeh, Grammaire du français (cours de civilisation française de la Sorbonne) B. Teyssier, Hachette, Paris 1991; Drašković, V. Francuski izgovor, Beograd, 1985; Grégoire M. Thiévenaz O. Grammaire progressive du français, Clé International.
Examination methods	Attendance: 10; Class activities/homework/presentations: 15 points; The mid-semester test: 25 points; Final exam: 50 points;
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / RUSSIAN LANGUAGE IV

Course:

RUSSIAN LANGUAGE IV/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
4534	Izborni	4	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	No conditions
Aims	Develop speech skills, listening, reading, writing (level B1.1.)
Learning outcomes	After the student passes this exam, he will be able to: 1. Communicate in Russian 2. understand the text ang talk about it; 3. translate into Russion and from Russian literary texts. 4. follow the means of public information
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Docent, ph. D Natalija Milikić
Methodology	Lectures, discussions, team work

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to the theme "Транспорт".
I week exercises	1. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
II week lectures	2. Conversation theme „Передвижение по городу“.
II week exercises	2. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
III week lectures	3. Conversation theme "Виды городского транспорта".
III week exercises	3. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
IV week lectures	4. Text with a theme „Московский метрополитен“.
IV week exercises	4. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
V week lectures	5. Text with a theme „Наземные виды транспорта“.
V week exercises	5. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
VI week lectures	6. Text with a theme „Водный и воздушный транспорт“.
VI week exercises	6. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
VII week lectures	7. Introducion to the them „Почта“.
VII week exercises	7. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
VIII week lectures	8. Conversation theme „Телефон. Мобильный СМС. Факс“.
VIII week exercises	8. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
IX week lectures	9. Text with a theme „Электронная почта. Интернет.
IX week exercises	9. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
X week lectures	10. Introduction to the theme „Человек и общество“.
X week exercises	10. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
XI week lectures	11. Conversation theme "Человек и наука“.
XI week exercises	11. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
XII week lectures	12. Text with a theme "Человек и экономика“.
XII week exercises	12. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
XIII week lectures	13. Test.
XIII week exercises	13. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
XIV week lectures	14. Text with a theme "Человек и искусство“.
XIV week exercises	14. Justified in accord with theme realized on lectures.
XV week lectures	15. Preparing for the exam.
XV week exercises	15. Preparing for the exam.

Student workload	Weekly: 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 h 20 min 4 hours of lectures and practice work 1h 20 min of independent work In semester Teaching and final exam: 16 x5h 20 min = 85h 5 min Necessary preparations: 2 x5h 20 min = 10 h 40 min Total hours for subject: 4 x 30 = 120 Additional work: 24 h 15 min Structure of burden: 85h 5 min (teaching) 10h 40 min (preparation) 24h 15 min (additional work) = 120
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students have to be present on lectures, take preparations and take part on classes and do homework.
Consultations	Teacher takes consultations as agreed with students.
Literature	Literatura: Е.Л. Корчагина, Н.Д. Литвинова. Приглашение в Россию. Т. 2. Изд-ство Русский язык, Курсы, М., 2006; О. Чагина. Поговорим о себе. Пособие по развитию речи для иностранных учащихся, изд. Русский язык. Курсы, M., 2008; Глазунова О. И. Грамматика русского языка в упражнениях и комментариях. Морфология: 5-е издание. СПб, Златоуст, 2009. Е. Р. Ласкарева. Чистая грамматика, изд. Златоуст. Санкт-Петербург. 2008. С. Хавронина, Н. Крылова. Читаем и говорим по-русски, изд. Русский язык. Курсы, 2007, Н. С. Новикова, О. М. Щербакова, Удивительные истории, изд.Флинта. Наука, Москва, 2014.
Examination methods	Active teaching 10 points, 2 tests with 15 points (total 30), presentation 10 points, final exam with 50 points.
Special remarks	None.
Comment	Plan of realization of teaching program with thematic parts and terms will be given to students in beginning of semester.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / SPANISH LANGUAGE II

Course:

SPANISH LANGUAGE II/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
9731	Izborni	2	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LANGUAGE II

Course:

ITALIAN LANGUAGE II/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
9734	Izborni	2	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims	Developing the language skills and acquiring grammatical knowledge necessary for communication/correspondence at CEFR A1.2. level as well as advanced knowledge about Italian culture and civilization. Possess a basic repertoire of simple words and phrases related to personal information and specific situations, show limited control of a few simple grammatical structures and sentence patterns within a memorized repertoire and participate in a simple conversation
Learning outcomes	After completing the course and upon passing the final exam, the student should be able to: 1. Understand everyday expressions, recognize and correctly use a limited number of morphosyntactic structures and grammatical forms; 2. Communicate in simple and routine tasks requiring a simple and direct exchange of information on familiar and routine matters; 3. Understand a topic and linguistic register of a written text, using a well-known vocabulary and grammar, as well as to understand the meanings of various linguistic expressions; 4. Understand the essence and comprehend specific forms while making the presentation, conversation, announcements, news, instructions, etc. in the contemporary Italian language on familiar topics in diverse contexts; 5. Formulate the text of the paragraph clearly linking the simple ideas, using the appropriate grammatical structures, vocabulary, correct punctuation and spelling.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Marko Vukčević, PhD; Hajdana Vujanović, MA
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Verbi irregolari DIRE, BERE, USCIRE
I week exercises	Ordinare; chiedere e dire il prezzo
II week lectures	Verbo PIACERE; preposizioni CON, PER, SU, TRA/FRA
II week exercises	Chiedere il conto; esprimere gusti e preferenze
III week lectures	Nomi invariabili
III week exercises	Chiedere il permesso
IV week lectures	Verbi irregolari DOVERE, POTERE, VOLERE, SAPERE
IV week exercises	Descrivere un posto; collocare nello spazio
V week lectures	Nomi in –MA; preposizioni di tempo (II); preposizioni con i mezzi di trasporto
V week exercises	Chiedere e dare informazioni stradali
VI week lectures	QUESTO e QUELLO; indicatori spaziali
VI week exercises	Esprimere conoscenza, possibilità, permesso, capacità di fare qualcosa
VII week lectures	Ripresa del verbo CHIAMARSI + principali verbi riflessivi
VII week exercises	Ripasso e conversazione
VIII week lectures	Verbi in –CARE, -GARE; uso di MOLTO, POCO, TANTO, TROPPO come aggettivi e come avverbi; espressioni di frequenza
VIII week exercises	Descrivere azioni abituali al presente; descrivere una giornata tipica; parlare al telefono; chiedere e dire che tempo fa
IX week lectures	Preposizioni articolate; aggettivi possessivi (con e senza articolo); indicatori spaziali; numeri ordinali
IX week exercises	Descrivere la famiglia; descrivere una casa; descrivere la propria stanza; collocare nello spazio; esprimere rapporti di parentela
X week lectures	Mid-term exam
X week exercises	Make-up exam
XI week lectures	Esprimere una quantità non precisa: UN PO DI; CI luogo
XI week exercises	Chiedere informazioni su un prodotto; chiedere ed esprimere unopinione; parlare della cultura alimentare
XII week lectures	Uso delle preposizioni semplici e articolate
XII week exercises	Ripasso e convesazione
XIII week lectures	Il passato prossimo dei verbi regolari
XIII week exercises	Parlare e raccontare azioni ed eventi al passato
XIV week lectures	Il passato prossimo dei principali verbi irregolari
XIV week exercises	Riferire azioni ed eventi in ordine cronologico
XV week lectures	Passato prossimo: scelta dell’ausiliare e suo uso; concordanza del participio passato; uso di GIÀ e ANCORA
XV week exercises	Il passato prossimo dei principali verbi irregolari; riferire azioni ed eventi in ordine cronologico

Student workload	Weekly: 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hours and 20 minutes; Structure: 2 hours of lectures, 2 hours of exercise, 2 hours and 40 minutes of individual student work (preparation for laboratory exercises, colloquiums, homework assignments) including consultations. Per semester: credits x 40/30 = 5 hours and 20 minutes; Structure: 2 hours of lectures, 2 hours of exercise, 2 hours and 40 minutes of individual student work (preparation for laboratory exercises, colloquiums, homework assignments) including consultations Teaching hours and final exam: (5 hours and 20 minutes) x 16 = 85 hours and 20 minutes; Necessary preparation before the start of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification): 2 x (5 hours and 20 minutes) = 10 hours and 40 minutes; Total load for the subject: 4 x 30 = 120 hours; Supplementary work for the preparation of exams in the corrective test period, including taking a correction exam from 0 - 30 hours: 24 hours. Load structure: 85 hours and 20 minutes (teaching) + 10 hours and 40 minutes (preparation) + 24 hours (supplementary work)
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature	1. Fiorenza Quercioli e Giulia Tossani: In alto! Corso di italiano per stranieri - A1; Ornimi Editions, Perugia, 2020; 2. Saša Moderc: Gramatika italijanskog jezika. Morfologija s elementima sintakse, Luna Crescens, Beograd, 2006; 3. Julijana Vučo, Saša Moderc, Zenica Raspor: Elementi di Lingua Italiana, Filološki fakultet, Beograd, 2008; 4. Ivan Klajn: Italijansko-srpski rečnik, Zavod za udžbenike, Beograd, 2014. (any other good bilingual dictionary)
Examination methods	Attendance, activity during classes, preparation and presentation of tasks assigned - 5 points; Mid-term exam - 45 points; Final exam - 50 points. Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the mastered material, while the passing grade will be obtained by cumulatively collecting 50 points from all pre-exam forms of learning outcomes and passing the final exam. The final grade is determined according to the following scale: E (50-59); D (60-69); C (70-79); B (80-89); A (90-100).
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LANGUAGE III

Course:

ITALIAN LANGUAGE III/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
9735	Izborni	3	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes	After completing the course and passing the exam, the student will be able to: 1. Recognize and correctly use a limited number of syntactic structures and grammatical forms. 2. Recognize and correctly use basic Italian past tenses. 3. Recognize the characteristics of the Italian pronoun and adjective system. 4. Read and understand short texts on familiar topics. 5. Write short texts related to familiar topics. 6. Have a simple conversation on familiar topics.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LANGUAGE IV

Course:

ITALIAN LANGUAGE IV/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
9736	Izborni	4	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes	After completing the course and passing the exam at level A2.2 of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages, the student will be able to: 1. Recognize and correctly use the forms of the Italian future, present conditional and imperative. 2. Recognize and correctly use the basic impersonal constructions in the Italian language. 3. Recognize and use the forms of the most frequent indefinite adjectives and pronouns in the Italian language. 4. Understand the general meaning of Italian written or spoken texts on topics from Italian culture, society, as well as on topics regarding everyday life. 5. Conduct a simple conversation on familiar topics.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / GERMAN LANGUAGE I

Course:

GERMAN LANGUAGE I/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
9744	Izborni	1	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	None.
Aims	The main goal of the course is to enable students to understand the basic categories and terms of the modern language.
Learning outcomes	Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: 1. Master the German alphabet, basic pronunciation rules, and numbers. 2. Distinguish between nouns, pronouns, and other word types in German. 3. Apply conjugation rules to simple weak verbs in the present tense. 4. Recognize indefinite and definite articles in the nominative case. 5. Use the verbs "sein" and "haben" in the present tense. 6. Formulate basic declarative and interrogative sentences for introductions and presentations.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Sabina Osmanović, Assistant Professor Gorica Vujović, Teaching Associate
Methodology	Lectures and exercises.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Personalpronomen, Konjugation einfacher Verben (heißen, kommen…), Vorstellen
I week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
II week lectures	Konjugation schwacher Verben
II week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
III week lectures	Alphabet und Zahlen
III week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
IV week lectures	Artikel, Negation, Nomen im Singular und Plural
IV week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
V week lectures	Aussagesatz, Wort- und Satzfragen
V week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
VI week lectures	Midterm exam.
VI week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
VII week lectures	Possesivartikel und Personalpronomen
VII week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
VIII week lectures	Nominativ, Akkusativ und transitive Verben
VIII week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
IX week lectures	Akkusativ im Vorfeld, Negation
IX week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
X week lectures	Trennbare Verben, starke Verben
X week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XI week lectures	Modalverben
XI week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XII week lectures	Make up exam.
XII week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XIII week lectures	Satzklammern, Vorfeldbesetzung
XIII week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XIV week lectures	Perfekt schwacher Verben
XIV week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XV week lectures	Perfekt starker und gemischter Verben
XV week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien

Student workload	WEEKLY: 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hours and 20 minutes Structure: 2 hours of lectures, 2 hours of practice, 1 hour and 20 minutes of individual student work (preparation for laboratory practice, tests, homework) including consultations PER SEMESTER: Class attendance and final exam: (5 hours and 20 minutes) x 16 = 85 hours and 20 minutes Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, verification): 2 x (5 hours and 20 minutes) = 10 hours and 40 minutes Total: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Additional work for preparation of the make-up exam: 0 - 30 hours. Structure: 85 hours and 20 minutes (classes) + 10 hours and 40 minutes (preparation) + 24 hours (additional work)
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are obliged to attend lectures, engage actively in class activities, complete all assignments, including tests and mid-term exams, as well as the final exam
Consultations	Mondays and per e-mail.
Literature	Helbig, G./Buscha, J.: Deutsche Grammatik 1981, Prevod: Đukanović, J.: Mali Duden, 1981, Niebisch, D. ;Penning-Hiemstra, S.; Sprecht, F.; Bovermann M.; Reimann M.: Schritte international 1
Examination methods	The assessment includes class attendance, active participation, homework, midterms, and the final exam.
Special remarks
Comment	At the start of the semester, students will receive a detailed weekly course outline, including materials and assignments.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / GERMAN LANGUAGE II

Course:

GERMAN LANGUAGE II/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
9745	Izborni	2	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	There is no conditioning
Aims	The aim of the course is to enable students to understand the basic categories and terms of the modern language.
Learning outcomes	After the student passes this exam, he/she will be able to: 1. Implements conjugation rules for simple strong and separable verbs in the present and perfect; 2. Knows indefinite and definite articles in the nominative and accusative cases; 3. Uses the negation nicht and the negation article kein in the nominative and accusative; 4. Uses simple declarative and interrogative sentences in German in the context of everyday situations (in the store, at a party, etc.);
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	dr Ana Minić mr Semra Husović
Methodology	Lectures and exercises

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Präteritum
I week exercises	Präteritum
II week lectures	Modale und temporale Präpositionen
II week exercises	Modale und temporale Präpositionen
III week lectures	Modalverben: müssen, dürfen, Satzklammer bei Modalverben
III week exercises	Modalverben: müssen, dürfen, Satzklammer bei Modalverben
IV week lectures	Pronomen: man, Imperativ
IV week exercises	Pronomen: man, Imperativ
V week lectures	Preparation for the test
V week exercises	Test
VI week lectures	Possessivartikel
VI week exercises	Possessivartikel
VII week lectures	Modalverb: sollen
VII week exercises	Modalverb: sollen
VIII week lectures	Präpositionen: mit
VIII week exercises	Präpositionen: mit
IX week lectures	Wechselpräpositionen
IX week exercises	Wechselpräpositionen
X week lectures	Präpositionen: mit Dativ
X week exercises	Präpositionen: mit Dativ
XI week lectures	Preparation for the test
XI week exercises	Test
XII week lectures	Demonstrativpronomen, Frageartikel: welch-Steigerung der Adjektive,
XII week exercises	Demonstrativpronomen, Frageartikel: welch-Steigerung der Adjektive,
XIII week lectures	Personalpronomen im Dativ, Verben mit Dativ
XIII week exercises	Personalpronomen im Dativ, Verben mit Dativ
XIV week lectures	Ordinalzahlen, Personalpronomen im Akkusativ
XIV week exercises	Ordinalzahlen, Personalpronomen im Akkusativ
XV week lectures	Konjunktion: wenn, Conjugation: werden and preparation for the final exam
XV week exercises	Konjunktion: wenn, Conjugation: werden and preparation for the final exam

Student workload	Weekly 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hours and 20 minutes Structure: 2 hours of lectures 2 hours of exercises 1 hour and 20 minutes of individual student work (preparation for laboratory exercises, colloquiums, doing homework) including consultations In the semester Teaching and final exam: (5 hours and 20 minutes) x 16 = 85 hours and 20 minutes Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 x (5 hours and 20 minutes) = 10 hours and 40 minutes Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Additional work for exam preparation in the make-up exam period, including taking the make-up exam from 0 - 30 hours. Load structure: 85 hours and 20 minutes (teaching) + 10 hours and 40 minutes (preparation) + 24 hours (additional work)
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are required to attend lectures and exercises, participate in the exercises, do all knowledge tests, the colloquium and the final exam.
Consultations	At the request of the student
Literature	Helbig, G./Buscha, J.: Deutsche Grammatik 1981; Prevoc: Đukanović, J.: Mali Duden, 1981; Niebisch, D. ;Penning-Hiemstra, S.; Sprecht, F.; Bovermann M.; Reimann M.: Schritte international 2
Examination methods	Two colloquiums of 20 points each, total 40 points, class attendance 5 points, homework 5 points, final exam with 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if at least 51 points are accumulated.
Special remarks	Oral final exam
Comment	Students will receive a plan for the implementation of the curriculum by thematic units and terms at the beginning of the semester.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / SPANISH LANGUAGE III

Course:

SPANISH LANGUAGE III/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
9753	Izborni	3	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / SPANISH LANGUAGE IV

Course:

SPANISH LANGUAGE IV/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
9754	Izborni	4	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims	Acquiring the students with basics of the Italian language in the field of phonetics, morphology and syntax.
Learning outcomes	After passing the exam, the student will be able to: Describe cultural differences between the countries, narrate anecdotes from his/ her personal experience; react to someone's words, asking the interlocutor to repeat some parts of his/ her speech, express his doubt or disagreement, ask explanation or justification for something...; Participate in debate defending his/ her attitude in relation to the topic; Speak about health, medicine, pharmaceutic products; Analyze texts of literature, get familiar with the work of well- known Spanish writers; Use Subjunctive forms and positive/ negative imperative; Comprehend more complicated audios in Spanish.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	mr. Ivana Kovač Barett
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, consultations, tests, preparation for the final exam

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Revision
I week exercises	Revision
II week lectures	Imperfecto.
II week exercises	Imperfecto.
III week lectures	Plusquamperfecto.
III week exercises	Plusquamperfecto.
IV week lectures	Past tenses
IV week exercises	Past tenses
V week lectures	Futuro simple.
V week exercises	Futuro simple.
VI week lectures	Futuro compuesto.
VI week exercises	Futuro compuesto.
VII week lectures	Partial exam.
VII week exercises	Partial exam.
VIII week lectures	Identification and analysis of mistakes
VIII week exercises	Identification and analysis of mistakes
IX week lectures	Introduction: Subjuntivo.
IX week exercises	Introduction: Subjuntivo.
X week lectures	Subjuntivo: function
X week exercises	Subjuntivo: function
XI week lectures	Presente de Subjuntivo.
XI week exercises	Presente de Subjuntivo.
XII week lectures	Presente de Subjuntivo: Irregular verbs
XII week exercises	Presente de Subjuntivo: Irregular verbs
XIII week lectures	Imperativo negativo
XIII week exercises	Imperativo negativo
XIV week lectures	Partial exam
XIV week exercises	Partial exam
XV week lectures	Identification and correction of mistakes
XV week exercises	Identification and correction of mistakes

Student workload	Weekly: 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 h 20 min; 4 hours of lectures; 1h 20 min of individual work in semester. Lectures and final exams: 16 x5h 20 min = 85h 5 min Necessary preparations: 2 x5h 20 min = 10 h 40 min Total hours: 4 x 30 = 120 Additional work: 24 h 15 min Structures: 85h 5 mini (lectures) 10h 40 min (preparation) 24h 15 min (additional work) = 120
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are obliged to attend classes, prepare for and actively participate in classes, do homework
Consultations
Literature	a) Sánches Lobato, J., Español sin fronteras 2; b) Gómez Asensio, J., Es español 2;c) Sánchez Lobato, J., Español 2000 2; d) Vinja, Vojmir, Gramatika panjolskog jezika; e)Castro, Francisca, Uso de la gramática española-nivel intermedio
Examination methods	Attendance, activity during classes, homework assigned: 6 points; test: 2x22 points; mid-term exam: 44 points. Final Exam: 50 points. Passing grade will be achieved by accumulation of 51 points.
Special remarks
Comment	Students will be provided schedules of activities at the beginning of each semester.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / GERMAN LANGUAGE III

Course:

GERMAN LANGUAGE III/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
9758	Izborni	3	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	there is no conditioning
Aims	The aim of the course is to enable students to understand the basic categories and terms of the modern language.
Learning outcomes	After the student passes this exam, he/she will be able to: 1. Knows the construction of the perfect tense and types of verbs (weak, strong and mixed) in the German language; 2. Knows the construction of the preterite of the verbs sein and haben in German; 3. Uses oral and written modal verbs; 4. Use the acquired knowledge to write short letters, advertisements and emails in German; 5. Use the acquired knowledge for a simple oral description of an event from the past in German.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	dr Ana MInić mr Semra Husović
Methodology	Lectures and exercises

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Konjunktion: weil
I week exercises	Konjunktion: weil
II week lectures	Perfect of separable verbs, inseparable verbs and verbs ending in -ier
II week exercises	Perfect of separable verbs, inseparable verbs and verbs ending in -ier
III week lectures	Names in the genitive, prepositions from and at
III week exercises	Names in the genitive, prepositions from and at
IV week lectures	Alternating prepositions, verbs with alternating prepositions, directional adverbs
IV week exercises	Alternating prepositions, verbs with alternating prepositions, directional adverbs
V week lectures	Indefinite pronouns in the nominative and accusative
V week exercises	Indefinite pronouns in the nominative and accusative
VI week lectures	Preparation for the test
VI week exercises	Test
VII week lectures	Konjunktiv II
VII week exercises	Konjunktiv II
VIII week lectures	Konjunktion: wenn
VIII week exercises	Konjunktion: wenn
IX week lectures	Reflexive verbs
IX week exercises	Reflexive verbs
X week lectures	Verbs with prepositions, question words and prepositional adverbs
X week exercises	Verbs with prepositions, question words and prepositional adverbs
XI week lectures	Preparation for the test
XI week exercises	test
XII week lectures	Past tense of modal verbs
XII week exercises	Past tense of modal verbs
XIII week lectures	Konjunktion: dass
XIII week exercises	Konjunktion: dass
XIV week lectures	Dative as an object
XIV week exercises	Dative as an object
XV week lectures	Position of the objects
XV week exercises	Preparation for the final exam

Student workload	Weekly 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hours and 20 minutes Structure: 2 hours of lectures 2 hours of exercises 1 hour and 20 minutes of individual student work (preparation for laboratory exercises, colloquiums, homework) including consultations In the semester Lessons and final exam: (5 hours and 20 minutes) x 16 = 85 hours and 20 minutes Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 x (5 hours and 20 minutes) = 10 hours and 40 minutes Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Additional work for exam preparation in the make-up exam period, including taking the make-up exam from 0 - 30 hours. Load structure: 85 hours and 20 minutes (teaching) + 10 hours and 40 minutes (preparation) + 24 hours (additional work)
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The student is obliged to attend classes and take all knowledge tests during the semester.
Consultations	at the request of the student
Literature	Helbig, G./Buscha, J.: Deutsche Grammatik 1981; Prevoc: Đukanović, J.: Mali Duden, 1981; Hilpert, S.; Niebisch, D.; Penning-Hiemstra, S.; Sprecht, F.; Tomaszewski A.; Reimann M.: Schritte international 3
Examination methods	The following are graded: two colloquiums of 20 points, a total of 40 points, class attendance 5 points, homework 5 points, final exam with 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if at least 50 points are cumulatively collected.
Special remarks	Oral final exam
Comment	Students will receive a plan for the implementation of the curriculum by thematic units and terms at the beginning of the semester.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / GERMAN LANGUAGE IV

Course:

GERMAN LANGUAGE IV/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
9759	Izborni	4	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	There are no prerequisites for this course.
Aims	To acquire the appropriate skills to understand basic categories and concepts of the modern German.
Learning outcomes	After students pass this exam, they will be able to: 1. Know the most frequent prepositions in German; 2. Know indifferent and different articles in dative; 3. Implement prepositions with accusative and dative in the context; 4. Understand frequent used phrases from the environments (information about family, profession, hobbies, journeys); 5. Implement acquired knowledge for the verbal description of photographs and art images.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	dr Ana Minić mr Semra Husović
Methodology	Lectures. Appropriate exercises on texts.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Konjunktion: trotzdem
I week exercises	Konjunktion: trotzdem
II week lectures	Konjunktiv II
II week exercises	Konjunktiv II
III week lectures	Mixed adjective declension
III week exercises	Mixed adjective declension
IV week lectures	Comparative and superlative, comparison particles
IV week exercises	Comparative and superlative, comparison particles
V week lectures	Preparation for the test
V week exercises	Test
VI week lectures	Passive Present
VI week exercises	Passive Present
VII week lectures	Weak adjective declension
VII week exercises	Weak adjective declension
VIII week lectures	Frageartikel: Was für ein
VIII week exercises	Frageartikel: Was für ein
IX week lectures	Local prepositions
IX week exercises	Local prepositions
X week lectures	Conjunction: therefore, word formation adjectives
X week exercises	Conjunction: therefore, word formation adjectives
XI week lectures	Strong adjective declension
XI week exercises	Strong adjective declension
XII week lectures	Preparation for the test
XII week exercises	Test
XIII week lectures	Local, modal and temporal prepositions
XIII week exercises	Local, modal and temporal prepositions
XIV week lectures	Indirect questions, verb lassen
XIV week exercises	Indirect questions, verb lassen
XV week lectures	Preparation for the final exam
XV week exercises	Preparation for the final exam

Student workload	Lectures and final exam: (5 hours 20 minutes) x 16 = 85 hours 5 minutes. Before semester (administration) 2x(5 hours 20 minutes) = 10 hours 40 minutes. Total for the course 4x30=120 hours. Additional work 0 to 30 hours. Structure: 85 hours 5 minutes (lectures) + 10 hours 40 minutes (preparation) + 24 hours 15 minutes additional work)
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are expected to attend the lectures, actively participate in classes, do homework, take tests and final exam.
Consultations	at the request of the student
Literature	Helbig, G./Buscha, J.: Deutsche Grammatik 1981, Prevoc: Đukanović, J.: Mali Duden, 1981; Hilpert, S.; Niebisch, D. ;Penning-Hiemstra, S.; Sprecht, F.; Tomaszewski A.; Reimann M.: Schritte international 4
Examination methods	Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the mastered material, while the passing grade will be achieved with the accumulation of 51% of the total material, as follows: attendance and homework – 10 points, two tests – 20 points each, final exam -
Special remarks	oral final exam
Comment	Students will receive a plan for the implementation of the curriculum by thematic units and terms at the beginning of the semester.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LANGUAGE I - PHONETICS

Course:

ENGLISH LANGUAGE I - PHONETICS/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
9987	Obavezan	1	5	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	There are no prerequisites to attend this course.
Aims	The main goal of this course is to acquaint the students with basic theoretical and practical knowledge of English phonetics as well as to help students develop their pronunciation skills through a variety of activities.
Learning outcomes	Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: 1. define and describe the phonetic structure of English; 2. explain the function of speech organs in the process of speech production; 3. apply the fundamental principles of phonetic transcription; 4. produce the sounds/words in English correctly; 5. define and classify the phonemes in English as well as analyze the (non)distinctive features of vowels and consonants.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Sandra Vukasojević, Assistant Professor
Methodology	Lectures and tutorials, practice in the phonetics lab, consultations, homework assignments.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to the course.
I week exercises	Introducing students, explanations about the working methods and obligations.
II week lectures	Basic phonetic terminology. Phonetics and its branches (articulatory, acoustic and auditory).
II week exercises	Phonetic transcription. International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA).
III week lectures	The nature of speech. Definition and classification of speech organs. Phonetic methods and techniques.
III week exercises	Transcription of words – practice.
IV week lectures	Phoneme and (non)distinctive features. Complementary and contrastive distribution, free variation. Minimal pairs.
IV week exercises	Transcription of paragraphs – practice. Phonetic analysis of the text "Memento Mori".
V week lectures	Consonant / Vowel system in the English language.
V week exercises	Test – the transcription of words, sentences and paragraphs.
VI week lectures	English consonants – classifications and allophonic variations. Plosives.
VI week exercises	The test analysis. Plosives and their allophonic variations. Phonetic analysis of the text "The King Must Die".
VII week lectures	Fricatives and affricates.
VII week exercises	Fricatives and affricates: distinctive features and allophonic variations – practice.
VIII week lectures	Nasals – the production of sounds, their features and allophonic variations.
VIII week exercises	Nasals – practice.
IX week lectures	Liquids and semi-vowels.
IX week exercises	Liquids and semi-vowels – practice. Summary and preparation for the mid-term exam.
X week lectures	Mid-term exam.
X week exercises	Detailed analysis of the mid-term exam.
XI week lectures	Vowels. Criteria for the vowel description. Basic features of vowels.
XI week exercises	IPA vowel diagram. Phonetic analysis of the text "The Once and Future King".
XII week lectures	Vowel classification. Monophthongs, long and short.
XII week exercises	Monophthongs, the features and the diagram – practice.
XIII week lectures	Diphthongs and triphthongs.
XIII week exercises	Diphthongs and triphthongs – practice.
XIV week lectures	End-of-term exam.
XIV week exercises	Detailed analysis of the end-of-term exam.
XV week lectures	Make-up mid/end-of-term exams.
XV week exercises	Summary and preparation for the final exam.

Student workload	WEEKLY 5 credits x 40/30 = 6 h and 40 min Structure: 2 hours of lectures, 2 hours of practice, 2 h and 40 min of independent work including consultation, and homework PER SEMESTER Class attendance and final exams: (6 h and 40 min) x 16 = 106 h and 40 min; Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, verification) 2 x (6 h and 40 min) = 13 h and 20 min. Total: 5x30 = 150 hours. Additional work for the preparation of the make-up exam: 0 to 24 hours . Structure: 106 h and 40 min (classes) +13 h and 20 min (preparation) + 30 hours (additional work).
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are required to attend classes regularly, to take part in class activities, and to take mid-term / end-of-term and final exams.
Consultations	Tuesdays 13.15-14.00 (room 213)
Literature	Ladefoged, P. and K. Johnson (2011). A Course in Phonetics (6th ed.). Cengage Learning. Baker, A. (2006). Ship or Sheep: An Intermediate Pronunciation Course. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Collins, B. and I.M. Mees (2005). Practical Phonetics a
Examination methods	Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the mastered material, while the passing grade will be achieved with the accumulation of 51% of the total material. Points are allocated depending on the activity: attendance (2pts), test (15 pts), mid-term and end-of-term exam (48 pts), and final oral exam (35 pts).
Special remarks	The subject is taught in English and Montenegrin.
Comment	/

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LITERATURE I - MIDDLE AGES

Course:

ENGLISH LITERATURE I - MIDDLE AGES/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
9988	Obavezan	1	4	2+1+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	There are no requirements for registering and attending the course
Aims	The objective of the course is to acquaint the students with the beginnings of literacy on the British soil, as well as with the major authors and written texts of Medieval Liteature in the English language. English Medieval Literature comprises the texts written in Britain between the 4th and the late 15th centuries.
Learning outcomes	After successfully completing this course, the student will be able to: 1. get an insight into the canonical texts of English Medieval Literature – such as Beowulf, The Canterbury Tales, and alike – as well as understand their influence on the subsequent metatexts analysed in the following semesters; 2. distinguish the different styles in English Medieval Poetry; 3. learn about the evolution of the language, style, literary elements, and the humanistic themes represented in the works of English Literature; 4. sharpen the literary analysis skills; 5. improve the essay writing skills; 6. be acquainted with the one-thousand-year long historical backdrop to the English Medieval Literature, from the arrival of the Germanic tribes to Britain in the second half of the 5th century, until the ascendance of the Tudor dynasty to the English throne at the end of the 15th century.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Professor Janko Andrijašević, Dijana Mirković, Ph.D.
Methodology	Lectures, seminars, quizzes, required reading, office hours

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	1. Introduction. History of Great Britain until 1066 AD
I week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
II week lectures	2. General characteristics of Anglo-Saxon Poetry
II week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
III week lectures	3. The Anglo-Saxon epic Beowulf
III week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
IV week lectures	4. Anglo-Saxon Christian and heroic poetry
IV week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
V week lectures	5. Anglo-Saxon elegies, riddles and charms. QUIZ 1
V week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
VI week lectures	6. Anglo-Saxon prose
VI week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
VII week lectures	7. Mid-term exam
VII week exercises	Analysis of the mid-term exam
VIII week lectures	8. Anglo-Norman Literature
VIII week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
IX week lectures	9. English Literature of the 14th and 15th centuries. William Langland
IX week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
X week lectures	10. The chivalric romance Ser Gawain and The Green Knight
X week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
XI week lectures	11. The life and works of Geoffrey Chaucer
XI week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
XII week lectures	12. The Canterbury Tales
XII week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
XIII week lectures	13. English and Scottish poetry of the 15th century. English and Scottish popular ballads. QUIZ 2
XIII week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
XIV week lectures	14. English prose of the 14th and 15th centuries.
XIV week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
XV week lectures	15. Medieval English drama.
XV week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.

Student workload	Weekly 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hrs 20 min Structure: 2 hrs lecturing 1 hr seminars 2 hrs 20 min of individual work, including office hours, translating, required reading, homework During the semester Classes and final exams: (5 hrs 20 min) x 16 = 85 hrs 20 min Necessary preparations before the start of semester (administration, registration, confirmation) 2 x (5 hrs 20 min) = 10 hrs 40 min Total workload for the course 4x30 = 120 hrs Additional work for the preparation of exams in the make-up term, including the taking of make-up exam, between 0 and 30 hrs (the time remaining between the two first articles and the total workload of the course) Structure of workload: 85 hrs 20 min (classes) +10 hrs 40 min (preparation) + 24 hrs (additional work)
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 2 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The students are required to attend lectures and seminars, read the assigned texts, do homework, take quizzes, mid-term and final exams
Consultations	Office hours on Wednesdays, 1PM-3.30PM, room 314, or on appointment
Literature	Veselin Kostić, ur, Engleska književnost I, Sarajevo: Svjetlost, 1990. Ivanka Kovačević, ur, Iz stare engleske književnosti, Beograd: Naučna knjiga: 1992. Ivanka Kovačević, ur, Iz engleske srednjovekovne književnosti, Beograd: Naučna knjiga: 1988. Janko Andrijašević, ur, Engleska srednjovjekovna književnost, neobjavljena skripta, Nikšić, 2003. David Wallace, ed., The Cambridge History of Medieval English Literature, Cambridge: CUP, 2002.
Examination methods	- Attendance at lectures and seminars - 5 pts, - 2 quizzes 20 pts (10 pts each), - one mid-term exam 25 pts, - final exam 50 pts The course is passed if the student accumulates at least 50 pts. The distribution of grades: A: 90-100, B: 80-89, C-70-79, D-60-69, E: 50-59, F-below 50
Special remarks	The classes are taught in English and the mother tongue.
Comment	The students will receive the plan of the course with weekly topics and times at the beginning of the semester.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / CONTEMPORARY ENGLISH LANGUAGE I - B2.1 LEVEL

Course:

CONTEMPORARY ENGLISH LANGUAGE I - B2.1 LEVEL/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
9989	Obavezan	1	8	2+6+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims	Developing acquired language skills, as well as the ability to understand the spoken and written text. The students are to develop the ability to express themselves orally and in the written form, as well as to translate from English and, for this purpose, the objective of the subject would be to help them enrich vocabulary and improve knowledge of the English grammar.
Learning outcomes	1. Understand the essence and comprehend specific forms while making the presentation, conversation, announcements, news, instructions, etc. in the contemporary English language on familiar topics in diverse contexts, as well as to recognize the attitudes and the mood of the speaker and the circumstances of the process of communication. 2. Make communication - using the appropriate terms and intonation - using the appropriate registry, as well as lexicology and grammatical structures on familiar themes. 3. Understand a topic, tone, tenor and linguistic register of a more complex written text, using a well-known vocabulary and grammar, as well as to understand the implied meanings of various linguistic expressions; explain the semantic fields of the given lexical / lingual corpus by paraphrasing and providing the appropriate synonyms and / or antonyms. 4. Solve lexical problems which include the analysis of the use of individual words in context, appropriate collocation, phrases and idioms in the process of translation the texts in English. 5. Formulate the text of the paragraph clearly linking the ideas, using the appropriate: register, language / grammatical structures, vocabulary, correct punctuation and spelling; identify and explain grammatical details such as number, gender, case, subject-verb agreement and the articles.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Milena Mrdak-Micovic, Assistant Professor; Petar Bozovic, Assistant Professor; Oksana Kankaraš,MA; Marina Babić, MA
Methodology	The Direct Method, The Grammar-Translation Method, The Structural Approach

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introductory remarks; Introduction to grammar: definitions, descriptive vs. prescriptive approaches, usage and acceptability, deterministic and probabilistic rules, grammar and the spoken language;Word classes and basic grammatical categories
I week exercises	Introductory remarks; Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in use; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
II week lectures	Sentence word order; The simple sentence; The compound sentence; The complex sentence.
II week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in use; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
III week lectures	Nouns: classification and function; Gender: personal male/female nouns, personal dual gender, common gender, collective nouns, higher animals, lower animals and inanimate nouns, names of countries ; number: number classes, singular invariable nouns, plura
III week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in use; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
IV week lectures	Nouns 2: Case: form and use; common case and genitive case; the forms of genitive inflection; the zero genitive; the of-construction; the grammatical status of genitive (determinative, modifier, the independent genitive, etc.)
IV week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in use; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
V week lectures	Articles 1: General information; The indefinite article.
V week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in use; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
VI week lectures	Articles 2: The definite article; The zero article.
VI week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in use; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
VII week lectures	The first mid-term examination paper
VII week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in use; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
VIII week lectures	Pronouns 1- classification: personal, compound personal.
VIII week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in use; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
IX week lectures	Pronouns 2: reciprocal, demonstrative, possessive
IX week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in use; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
X week lectures	Pronouns 3: WH-pronouns, indefinite pronouns
X week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in use; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
XI week lectures	Adjectives 1 (formation, types and uses)
XI week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in use; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
XII week lectures	Adjectives 2: comparison
XII week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in use; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
XIII week lectures	Adverbs
XIII week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in use; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
XIV week lectures	The mid-term examination paper 2
XIV week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in use; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
XV week lectures	The review of the second mid-term paper, course recapitulation
XV week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in use; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests, course recapitulation

Student workload	Per week: 8 ECTS x 40/30 = 10 hours and 40 minutes Structure: 2 hours of lectures 6 hours of exercise 2 hours and 40 minutes individual student work (preparation for laboratory exercises, colloquiums, homework assignments) including consultations Teaching hours and final exam: (10 hours and 40 minutes) x 16 = 170 hours and 40 minutes Necessary preparation before the start of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification): 2 x (10 hours and 40 minutes) = 21 hours and 20 minutes Total load for the subject: 8 x 30 = 240 hours Supplementary work for preparation of exams in the correctional test period, including taking a correctional exam from 0 - 30 hours. Load structure: 170 hours and 40 minutes (instruction) + 21 hours and 20 minutes (preparation) + 30 hours (supplementary work)
Per week	Per semester
8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 6 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are required to attend and participate in classes, do homework, do the colloquiums and the final exam.
Consultations	The professors are obliged to organize consultations with students every week, and to be available for questions and assistance.
Literature	Roy Norris with Amanda French (2008), Ready for CAE, Macmillan Exams; Thomson, A.J. & Martinet, A.V. (1997), A Practical English Grammar with Exercises 1 & 2, OUP; Huddleston, R. & J. Pullum (2001) The Cambridge Grammar of the English Language. Cambridge
Examination methods	Mid-term exams / final correctional exams: There are two colloquiums (and / or final correctional exams) and consist of 4 parts, each of which lasts 60 minutes (240 minutes per colloquium / exam): test vocabulary (test based on material from textbooks),
Special remarks	Teaching is conducted in English.
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LANGUAGE 2 - PHONOLOGY

Course:

ENGLISH LANGUAGE 2 - PHONOLOGY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
9992	Obavezan	2	5	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	Thre are no prerequisites to attend this course.
Aims	The main aim of this course is to acquaint the students with the features of connected speech as well as with the concept of sound changes, stress patterns and syllabic structures of words in English.
Learning outcomes	Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to: 1. notice and explain the differences between formal and informal conversation; 2. identify and analyze a series of sound changes in English; 3. identify, analyze and use strong / weak forms with respect to the class of function words; 4. divide words into syllables, define and describe the structure of a syllable; 5. apply the basic rules while determining the position of stress in a word (simple / complex / compound).
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Sandra Vukasojević, assistant professor
Methodology	Lectures and tutorials, practice in the phonetics lab, consultations, homework assignments.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Phonology – definition and basic concepts.
I week exercises	Phonological structure, processes and rules. Connected speech.
II week lectures	Unstressed forms of the grammatical (function) words. Strong and weak forms.
II week exercises	Strong and weak forms – practice.
III week lectures	Sound changes – classification and description.
III week exercises	Assimilation of place of articulation and of voicing – practice.
IV week lectures	Types of assimilation. Linking and intrusive r. Intrusive j and w.
IV week exercises	Assimilation of manner of articulation, linking and intrusive r, intrusive j and w – practice.
V week lectures	Elision and coalescence. Phonological analysis of the text "The Contenders".
V week exercises	Elision and coalescence – practice.
VI week lectures	Syllable – theoretical aspects and definitions.
VI week exercises	Test – sound changes and weak forms.
VII week lectures	Elements of a syllable and its structure. Division of words into syllables.
VII week exercises	Analysis of the test and the results. Phonological analysis of the text "Eating People is Wrong".
VIII week lectures	Types of syllables – stressed vs. unstressed / strong vs. weak, open vs. closed.
VIII week exercises	Division of words into syllables and analysis of the syllabic structure – practice.
IX week lectures	Mid-term exam.
IX week exercises	Detailed analysis of the mid-term exam.
X week lectures	Suprasegmental features.
X week exercises	Stress and its features, definitions.
XI week lectures	Prominence. Types of stress in English. Morphological and syntactic aspects of accentuation.
XI week exercises	Primary, secondary and tertiary stress – practice.
XII week lectures	Stress patterns in simple words and compounds.
XII week exercises	Stress patterns in simple words and compounds – practice.
XIII week lectures	Stress patterns in complex words and the role of suffixes.
XIII week exercises	Stress patterns in complex words and the role of suffixes – practice.
XIV week lectures	Intonation and its functions. Intonational phrase in English.
XIV week exercises	Phonological analysis of the text "The Horses Mouth" (sound changes, weak forms, syllabic structure, stress).
XV week lectures	End-of-term exam.
XV week exercises	Summary and preparation for the final exam.

Student workload	WEEKLY 5 credits x 40/30 = 6 h and 40 min Structure: 2 hours of lectures, 2 hours of practice, 2 h and 40 min of independent work including consultation, and homework PER SEMESTER Class attendance and final exams: (6 h and 40 min) x 16 = 106 h and 40 min; Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, verification) 2 x (6 h and 40 min) = 13 h and 20 min. Total: 5x30 = 150 hours. Additional work for the preparation of the make-up exam: 0 to 24 hours . Structure: 106 h and 40 min (classes) +13 h and 20 min (preparation) + 30 hours (additional work).
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are required to attend classes regularly, take part in class activities, and take mid/end-of-term exams as well as final exam.
Consultations	Tuesdays 13.15-14.00 (room 213)
Literature	Jenkins, J. (2009) The Phonology of English as an International Language. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Collins, B. and I.M. Mees (2005). Practical Phonetics and Phonology. London/New York: Routledge. Skandera, P. and P. Burleigh (2005). A Manual of
Examination methods	Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the mastered material, while the passing grade will be achieved with the accumulation of 51% of the total material. Points are allocated depending on the activity: attendance, test, mid-term and end-of-term exam.
Special remarks	The subject is taught in English and Montenegrin.
Comment	/

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LITERATURE 2 - RENAISSANCE AND RESTORATION

Course:

ENGLISH LITERATURE 2 - RENAISSANCE AND RESTORATION/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
9993	Obavezan	2	4	2+1+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	There are no requirements for registering and attending the course
Aims	The objective of the course is to acquaint the students with the major works of English Renaissance and Restauration Literature .
Learning outcomes	After successfully completing this course, the student will be able to: 1. get an insight into the canonical texts of English Renaissance and Restauration Literature – such as Utopia, Hamlet, Paradise Lost, and alike – as well as appreciate their significance in the history of English Literature; 2. get acquainted with the major literary figures of the age; 3. identify lines from the great body of poetry covered within this course; 4. sharpen the literary analysis skills, as well as conduct debates about the topics discussed in the analysed literary works; 5. improve the essay writing skills; 6. be acquainted with the historical background of the era (16th-18th centuries).
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. Janko Andrijašević, Dijana Mirković, Ph.D.
Methodology	Lectures, seminars, quizzes, required reading, office hours.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	1. Early Renaissance and Humanism in England. Thomas More.
I week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
II week lectures	2. Utopia.
II week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
III week lectures	3. Petrarchism in English Poetry.
III week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
IV week lectures	4. Elizabethan drama. Christopher Marlowe.
IV week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
V week lectures	5. The life and work of William Shakespeare. Shakespeares poetry. QUIZ 1
V week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
VI week lectures	6. Shakespeares plays. Hamlet
VI week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
VII week lectures	7. Shakespeares plays. A Midsummer Nights Dream, The Winters Tale.
VII week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
VIII week lectures	Mid-term exam
VIII week exercises	Analysis of the mid-term exam
IX week lectures	9. Metaphysical poetry of the late renaissance.
IX week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
X week lectures	10. Cavalier poetry of the late renaissance.
X week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
XI week lectures	11. The life and works of John Milton. QUIZ 2
XI week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
XII week lectures	12. John Milton. Paradise Lost.
XII week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
XIII week lectures	13. The Literature of Restauration.
XIII week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
XIV week lectures	14. Restauration poetry.
XIV week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.
XV week lectures	15. Restauration drama and prose.
XV week exercises	Reading, translating and analysis of the selected texts. Discussion.

Student workload	Weekly 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hrs 20 min Structure: 2 hrs lecturing 1 hr seminars 2 hrs 20 min of individual work, including office hours, translating, required reading, homework During the semester Classes and final exams: (5 hrs 20 min) x 16 = 85 hrs 20 min Necessary preparations before the start of semester (administration, registration, confirmation) 2 x (5 hrs 20 min) = 10 hrs 40 min Total workload for the course 4x30 = 120 hrs Additional work for the preparation of exams in the make-up term, including the taking of make-up exam, between 0 and 30 hrs (the time remaining between the two first articles and the total workload of the course) Structure of workload: 85 hrs 20 min (classes) +10 hrs 40 min (preparation) + 24 hrs (additional work)
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 2 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The students are required to attend lectures and seminars, read the assigned texts, do homework, take quizzes, mid-term and final exams
Consultations	Office hours on Wednesdays, 1PM-3.30PM, room 314, or on appointment
Literature	Veselin Kostić, ed, Engleska književnost I, Sarajevo: Svjetlost, 1990. Dušan Puhalo, Engleska književnost 1 (od početaka do 1700. godine), Beograd: Naučna Knjiga, 1973. Janko Andrijašević, ed, Engleska književnost renesanse i restauracije, unpublished booklet, Nikšić, 2003. Thomas More, Utopia William Shakespeare: Hamlet, The Winters Tale, A Midsummer Nights Dream Christopher Marlowe, Dr. Faustus John Milton, Paradise Lost
Examination methods	- Attendance at lectures and seminars - 5 pts, - 2 quizzes 20 pts (10 pts each), - one mid-term exam 25 pts, - final exam 50 pts The course is passed if the student accumulates at least 50 pts. The distribution of grades: A: 90-100, B: 80-89, C-70-79, D-60-69, E: 50-59, F-below 50
Special remarks	The classes are taught in English and the mother tongue.
Comment	The students will receive the plan of the course with weekly topics and times at the beginning of the semester.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / CONTEMPORARY ENGLISH LANGUAGE 2 - B2.2 LEVEL

Course:

CONTEMPORARY ENGLISH LANGUAGE 2 - B2.2 LEVEL/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
9994	Obavezan	2	8	2+6+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	No prerequisites for attending the classes and taking the exam.
Aims	Developing already acquired language skills, developing the ability to use and understand spoken and written language, as well as the skills of translating from English and, for this purpose, the enrichment of vocabulary and the improvement of knowledge in the English grammar.
Learning outcomes	1. Understand the essence and comprehend specific forms while making the presentation, conversation, announcements, news, instructions, etc. in the contemporary English language on familiar topics in diverse contexts, as well as to recognize the attitudes and the mood of the speaker and the circumstances of the process of communication. 2. Make communication - using the appropriate terms and intonation - using the appropriate registry, as well as lexicology and grammatical structures on familiar themes. 3. Understand a topic, tone, tenor and linguistic register of a more complex written text, using a well-known vocabulary and grammar, as well as to understand the implied meanings of various linguistic expressions; explain the semantic fields of the given lexical / lingual corpus by paraphrasing and providing the appropriate synonyms and / or antonyms. 4. Solve lexical problems which include the analysis of the use of individual words in context, appropriate collocation, phrases and idioms in the process of translation the texts in English. 5. Formulate the text of the paragraph clearly linking the ideas, using the appropriate: register, language / grammatical structures, vocabulary, correct punctuation and spelling; identify and explain grammatical details such as number, gender, case, subject-verb agreement and the articles.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Milena Mrdak-Micovic, Assistant Professor, Petar Bozovic, Assistant Professor, Oksana Kankaraš, MA, Marina Babic, MA, Balša Ivanović, MA
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introductory remarks; Introduction to grammatical categories of verbs (tense, aspect, mood, voice, person, number) and verb phrase
I week exercises	Introductory remarks; Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in usage; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
II week lectures	The Indefinite Present, The Progressive Present, Stative verbs, The Indefinite Past, The Progressive Past, Irregular Verbs.
II week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in usage; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
III week lectures	The Modal Past, the Subjunctive, the Imperative.
III week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in usage; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
IV week lectures	The ways of expressing futurity.
IV week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in usage; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
V week lectures	The Present Perfect,The Past Perfect.
V week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in usage; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
VI week lectures	Reported Speech. Reported questions.
VI week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in usage; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
VII week lectures	Revision of material, and preparation for the mid-term exam.
VII week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in usage; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
VIII week lectures	The first mid-term examination paper
VIII week exercises	The first mid-term examination paper
IX week lectures	The Passive Voice 1
IX week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in usage; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
X week lectures	The Passive Voice 2
X week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in usage; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
XI week lectures	Question tags, Additions and responses, contractions
XI week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in usage; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
XII week lectures	Finite and non-finite verb forms 1
XII week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in usage; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
XIII week lectures	Finite and non-finite verb forms 2
XIII week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in usage; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English; control tests
XIV week lectures	The second mid-term examination paper
XIV week exercises	The second mid-term examination paper
XV week lectures	the revision and the recapitulation of the course
XV week exercises	Understanding spoken and written texts; grammar in usage; oral exercises; written exercises; translation from English;

Student workload	Per week 8 credits x 40/30 = 10 hours and 40 minutes Structure: 2 hours of lectures 6 hours of exercise 2 hours and 40 minutes individual student work (preparation for laboratory exercises, colloquiums, homework assignments) including consultation hours Per semester In the semester Teaching and final exam: (10 hours and 40 minutes) x 16 = 170 hours and 40 minutes Necessary preparation before the start of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification): 2 x (10 hours and 40 minutes) = 21 hours and 20 minutes Total load for the subject: 8 x 30 = 240 hours Supplementary work for the preparation of exams in the corrective test period, including taking a correction exam   from 0 - 30 hours. Load structure: 170 hours and 40 minutes (instruction) + 21 hours and 20 minutes (preparation) + 30 hours (supplementary work)
Per week	Per semester
8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 6 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are expected to attend classes, actively participate in classes, and take colloquiums and final exams.
Consultations	Teachers are obliged to organize consultation hours once a week, as well as to be in contact with students,
Literature	Roy Norris with Amanda French (2008), Ready for CAE, Macmillan Exams; Thomson, A.J. & Martinet, A.V. (1997), A Practical English Grammar with Exercises 1 & 2, OUP; Huddleston, R. & J. Pullum (2001) The Cambridge Grammar of the English Language. Cambridge:
Examination methods	Colloquia / final correctional exams: There are two colloquiums (and / or final correctional exams) and consist of 4 parts, each of which lasts 60 minutes (240 minutes per colloquium / exam): test vocabulary (test based on material from textbooks), gram
Special remarks	Teaching is conducted in English.
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS

Course:

INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
9996	Obavezan	1	3	2+1+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 1 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / MONTENEGRIN LANGUAGE I

Course:

MONTENEGRIN LANGUAGE I/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
10001	Obavezan	1	3	2+1+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	There are no conditions
Aims	The aim of the course is for students to master spelling and grammar norms and apply them in practice.
Learning outcomes	Students will: • to master the norms and culture of speaking and writing, • learn what should be taken into account in the process of public communication, • at the level of spelling, phonology and morphology, students can list and define the basic terms of the discipline (spelling and punctuation rules, i.e. phoneme, distinctive feature, prosody, i.e. morpheme, affix, inflection...), • apply these concepts in language analysis at that level, independently research topics of special interest, • be prepared for activities related to language and communication (translation, teaching foreign languages, publishing, journalism, public relations).
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Teacher: PhD Miloš Krivokapić, full professor, associate: Nevena Tomić, MSc
Methodology	lectures, exercises, presentations, homework, colloquiums, final exam

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Historical development of language
I week exercises
II week lectures	Montenegrin dialects
II week exercises
III week lectures	Equalization of consonants by sonority; equalization by place of creation; palatalization, sibilarization, iotation, dissimilation and loss of consonants.
III week exercises
IV week lectures	Unsteady A, L to O transition, Vowel transition, O to E change; Moving vowels; Assimilation and dissimilation of vowels.
IV week exercises
V week lectures	Prosodic system. Clitics
V week exercises
VI week lectures	Writing capital and small letters
VI week exercises
VII week lectures	Assembled and disassembled word writing
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures	Punctuation marks
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures	Abbreviations
IX week exercises
X week lectures	Spelling marks
X week exercises
XI week lectures	The rules of Ijekavian pronunciation
XI week exercises
XII week lectures	Morphology (word and morpheme). Word formation.
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures	Basic principles of word formation
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures	Derivation and composition
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures	Root and derived words
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 1 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Class attendance and activity - 15 points (lectures 5 points, exercises 5, presentations - 10 points), colloquia 15 points each. Final exam 50 points.
Consultations	Thursday, 11-12.
Literature	Scripts from lectures; Čirgić, Pranjković, Silić: Grammar of the Montenegrin Language, Podgorica (2010) or Mihailo Stevanović: Grammar of the Serbo-Croatian Language, Cetinje, 1971; Spelling of the Montenegrin language (2010) or Spelling of the Serbo-Croatian language, Matica srpska - Matica hrvatska 1960.
Examination methods	Presentations, colloquia, final exam.
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / MONTENEGRIN LANGUAGE II

Course:

MONTENEGRIN LANGUAGE II/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
10007	Obavezan	2	3	2+1+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	No strings attached
Aims	The student becomes familiar with the problems of the syntax of simple and complex sentences and the syntax of cases and verbs.
Learning outcomes	Students will: • be able to state and define elementary concepts of the discipline at the level of syntax (syntactic constituent, grammatical relation, construction...), • apply those concepts in language analysis at that level, • independently research topics of special interest, • be prepared for activities related to language and communication (translation, teaching foreign languages, publishing, journalism, public relations).
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Sentence (division by content and composition)
I week exercises
II week lectures	Extended sentence (syntagma and additions)
II week exercises
III week lectures	Congruence
III week exercises
IV week lectures	Complex sentence (independent clauses)
IV week exercises
V week lectures	Types of dependent clauses
V week exercises
VI week lectures	Characteristics of dependent clauses
VI week exercises
VII week lectures	Case system. Independent cases: nominative and vocative.
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures	Dependent cases. Genitive - functions and meanings
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures	Dative and accusative. Instrumental and locativ
IX week exercises
X week lectures	Meaning and use of verb forms (present)
X week exercises
XI week lectures	Aorist and imperfect
XI week exercises
XII week lectures	Perfect and plusquamperfect
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures	Future I, Future II
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures	Verb forms
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures	Impersonal verb forms
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 1 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations	Thursday 11-12
Literature	Scripts from lectures; Čirgić, Pranjković, Silić: Grammar of the Montenegrin Language, Podgorica (2010) or Mihailo Stevanović: Grammar of the Serbo-Croatian Language, Cetinje, 1971.
Examination methods	Presentations, colloquia, final exam
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / SPANISH LANGUAGE I

Course:

SPANISH LANGUAGE I/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
10026	Izborni	1	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LANGUAGE 3 - MORPHOLOGY (BASICS)

Course:

ENGLISH LANGUAGE 3 - MORPHOLOGY (BASICS)/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
10354	Obavezan	3	5	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims	Introduction into the basic concepts of English morphology, elements of word structure and principles of morphological analysis.
Learning outcomes	After passing this subject student will be able to: - differentiate between morphologically simple and complex words; - analyze morphologically complex words into immediate constituents; - determine the phonologically or lexically conditioned affix or base alomorphy in cases of suffixation or prefixation.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. dr Nataša Kostić, Jovana Đurčević, MA
Methodology	Lectures and seminars.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to the course
I week exercises	Introduction to the course
II week lectures	The definition of a word
II week exercises	The definition of a word
III week lectures	Studying word formation. Inflection and derivation
III week exercises	Studying word formation. Inflection and derivation
IV week lectures	Studying complex words. Identifying morphemes
IV week exercises	Studying complex words. Identifying morphemes
V week lectures	Allomorphy and morphophonological alternations
V week exercises	Allomorphy and morphophonological alternations
VI week lectures	Multiple affixation
VI week exercises	Multiple affixation.
VII week lectures	Immediate constituent analysis
VII week exercises	Mid-term test
VIII week lectures	Inflectional morphemes in English (nouns)
VIII week exercises	Inflectional morphemes in English (nouns)
IX week lectures	Inflectional morphemes in English (verbs and adjectives)
IX week exercises	Inflectional morphemes in English (verbs and adjectives)
X week lectures	Productivity and the mental lexicon; possible and actual words
X week exercises	Productivity and the mental lexicon; possible and actual words
XI week lectures	Measuring productivity
XI week exercises	Measuring productivity
XII week lectures	Constraining productivity
XII week exercises	Constraining productivity
XIII week lectures	The historical sources of English word-formation
XIII week exercises	The historical sources of English word-formation
XIV week lectures	Native and foreign lexemes in English
XIV week exercises	Mid-term test (2nd term)
XV week lectures	Preparation for the final exam
XV week exercises	Preparation for the final exam

Student workload	30 lectures + 30 seminars
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Regular attendance, participation in class discussions.
Consultations
Literature	- Bauer, L. (1983). English Word-Formation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. - Carstairs-McCarthy, A. (2002). An Introduction to English Morphology: Words and their Structure. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. - Hamawand, Z. (2011). Morphol
Examination methods	Activity in class - 30 points; Final exam – 70 points.
Special remarks	Lectures and seminars are in English.
Comment	-

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LITERATURE 3-CLASSICISM AND SENTIMENTALISM

Course:

ENGLISH LITERATURE 3-CLASSICISM AND SENTIMENTALISM/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
10355	Obavezan	3	5	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	None
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. dr Vesna Bratić, dr Gordana Žugić
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / BRITISH AND AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 3

Course:

BRITISH AND AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 3/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
10356	Obavezan	3	3	2+0+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	None.
Aims	The aim of this subject is to familiarise students with American culture and the literary tradition of the first half of the 19th century.
Learning outcomes	After students pass this exam, they will be able to: individually analyse and categorise the most important characteristics of American romanticism; interpret cultural trends in the American “antebellum” period; analyse and illustrate the basic postulates of American transcendentalism; explain the launch and development of the most important magazines and clubs (New York) during the first half of the nineteenth century; define New York vs. New England ‘’publishing industry’’; discuss American utopian communities, define and analyse the founding, development and influence of American “psychological” romances in the period of romanticism; individually research material from the period of American romanticism.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Saša Simović, Associate Professor
Methodology	Lectures, consultations, presentations

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to the subject
I week exercises
II week lectures	General characteristics of American romanticism
II week exercises
III week lectures	New England: trends and influences
III week exercises
IV week lectures	The New York literary scene in the first half of the nineteenth century
IV week exercises
V week lectures	American transcendental thought: R. W. Emerson; H. D. Thoreau
V week exercises
VI week lectures	Margaret Fuller – A reformer and transcendentalist. Woman in the Nineteenth Century, Conversations
VI week exercises
VII week lectures	The Brook Farm and utopian communities
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures	Mid-term exam
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures	Antebellum America and the “open” questions. Students presentations
IX week exercises
X week lectures	Puritan heritage. The birth of psychological romance. N. Hawthorne and The Scarlet Letter
X week exercises
XI week lectures	Film: The Scarlet Letter
XI week exercises
XII week lectures	European heritage vs. American contribution: Antebellum America and the short literary forms
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures	American Zoilus . Gothic tradition and E. A . Poe
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures	Entertainment in Antebellum America. Students presentations
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures	General Revision
XV week exercises

Student workload	Weekly:3creditsx40/30.Structure:1.5 hours of lecture,3.8 hours of individual work including consultations and homework
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are obliged to attend the classes, prepare themselves and participate actively in classes, do homework / presentations
Consultations	After each class
Literature	Nathaniel Hawthorne Review. Special Issue: Transatlanticism and The Blithedale Romance, Vol. 43, No. 1, Spring 2017 (Nathaniel Hawthorne Society); Nathaniel Hawthorne Review, Vol. 41, No. 2, Fall 2015 (Nathaniel Hawthorne Society); Brodhead, Richard H. Cultures of Letters: Scenes of Reading and Writing in Nineteenth-Century America. Chicago and London, The University of Chicago Press, 1993; Coale, Chase Samuel. Mesmerism and Hawthorne: Mediums of American Romance. Tuscaloosa, London, The University of Alabama Press, 1998; Connely, Michael (ed). In the Shadow of the Master. New York, Harper Collins Publishers, 2009; Dekker, George. The American Historical Romance. Cambridge, New York, Cambridge University Press, 2002; Gilmore, Michael T. American Romanticism and the Marketplace, Chicago, London, University of Chicago Press, 1985; Myerson, Joel (ed). A Historical Guide to Ralph Waldo Emerson, Oxford, New York, Oxford University Press, 2000; Hawthorne, Nathaniel. The Scarlet Letter. Berkshire, Cox & Wyman, 1994; Rebecca Codman Butterfield, “Reminiscences of Brook Farm“ in Cain, William E, Hawthorne, Nathaniel: The Blithedale Romance. Boston, Bedford Books of St. Martins Press, 1996; Allen, Gay Wilson. Waldo Emerson. Middlesex, Penguin Books, 1982; Matthiessen, F. O. American Renaissance: Art and Expression in the Age of Emerson and Whitman. London, New York, Oxford University Press, 1968; Walker, I. M. (ed). Edgar Allan Poe: The Critical Heritage. London, Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1986.
Examination methods	mid-term exam - 35 points, attendance - 5 points, presentation - 10 points, final exam - 50 points. A pass mark is obtained by collecting at least 50 points.
Special remarks	Lectures are taught in English.
Comment	None.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / CONTEMPORARY ENGLISH LANGUAGE 3 - C1.1 LEVEL

Course:

CONTEMPORARY ENGLISH LANGUAGE 3 - C1.1 LEVEL/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
10357	Obavezan	3	10	2+8+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims	Acquiring and developing the skills of understanding spoken and written text, improving written and spoken communication in the English language, increasing and broadening the acquired knowledge of the English grammar, developing the skills of translating text from English to Montenegrin and from Montenegrin to English. Developing the skill of identifying and classifying translation problems in texts from the fields of literature and journalism and, according to a situational context, resolving them during translation to and from English. Developing writing and speaking skills, writing various types of short essays, engaging students to participate in discussions/workshops on given topics related to contemporary social phenomena and trends.
Learning outcomes	After successfully completing the course, the student will be able to: 1. Correctly use non-finite verb forms (infinitive, gerund, and participle), determine and explain their function in sentences, apply the acquired knowledge in spoken and written communication. 2. Correctly use modal verbs, their forms in the past, present, and future tense, understand and apply all nuances of meaning of modal verbs. 3. In spoken and written communication, understand and correctly use lexical units covered by the syllabus for the Contemporary English Language 3 – Level C1.1 course; master all language skills (reading, listening, speaking, and writing) at the C1.1 level according to the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR), with a special emphasis on the reading and listening comprehension skills. 4. Translate written texts in the fields of literature and journalism from English to Montenegrin and from Montenegrin to English at the C1.1 level according to the CEFR, correctly using grammatical and lexical units covered by the syllabus for this course; recognise, classify, and solve simpler translation problems according to the situational context (grammatical-lexical, syntactic, and pragmatic-discursive). 5. Learn and apply the rules for writing short essays: how to write illustration, process and definition essays; discuss and debate topics related to the type of an essay covered, and more broadly related to contemporary social trends and issues.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Doc. dr Branka Živković, Milica Nenezić, PhD, Jelena Mrkaić, PhD, Oksana Kankaraš, MA
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Grammar: Introduction to the course.
I week exercises	Written and oral exercises, Text analysis, Translation from English to Montenegrin, Translation from Montenegrin to English: Course information and schedule.
II week lectures	Grammar: Non-finite verb forms.
II week exercises	Written and oral exercises: The process of writing short essays, an introduction to writing techniques and skills. Text analysis: Unit 8. This is the modern world – Listening Skill 1 (gap-filling in sentences), Language Focus 1 (determiners and pronouns), Vocabulary 1 (Amount), English language usage (gap-filling in sentences). Translation from English to Montenegrin: Translating isolated sentences, extracted from context, with specific language issues. Translation from Montenegrin to English: Translating isolated sentences focusing on specific grammatical problems I. Translating shorter literary texts with a particular emphasis on lexical-grammatical context I.
III week lectures	Grammar: The Infinitive (form, time reference, meaning, voice distinctions, the to-infinitive, bare infinitive, split infinitive).
III week exercises	Written and oral exercises: how to write an illustration essay, how to write a thesis statement, the body, conclusion, the meaning and usage of illustration, Homework: preparation for oral presentation. Text analysis: Unit 8. This is the modern world – Reading Skill (gap-fill text), Vocabulary 2, Language Focus 2 (modal verbs). Translation from English to Montenegrin: Oral translation, literary text: The Honeymoon Disease – Matt Thorne; Translation from Montenegrin to English: Translating isolated sentences focusing on specific grammatical problems II. Translating shorter literary texts with a particular emphasis on lexical-grammatical context II.
IV week lectures	Grammar: The gerund (form, meaning, time reference, voice distinctions, subject of the gerund)
IV week exercises	Written and oral exercises: presentations on the given topics for discussion, opening debates, conversations, presenting both sides of arguments, and drawing conclusions. Text analysis: Unit 8. This is the modern world – Listening Skill (Matching exercise), Language Focus 3 (Talking about the future), Section review (determiners and pronouns, keyword transformation exercise, multiple-choice answer exercise). Translation from English to Montenegrin: Oral translation: newspaper article, reports (consecutive); Translation from Montenegrin to English: Translating isolated sentences focusing on specific grammatical problems III. Translating shorter literary texts with a particular emphasis on lexical-grammatical context III. Homework given out.
V week lectures	Grammar: The Participle (form, functions, subject of the participle, participial structures)
V week exercises	Written and oral exercises: continuing the discussion supported by the relevant audio-visual material: listening, repetition, and memorisation. Text analysis: Unit 9. Going places - Reading Skill (Matching exercise), Vocabulary 1 (Doing things alone), Listening Skill 1 (gap-filling in sentences). Translation from English to Montenegrin: translating short passages from the story "Eveline" (Dubliners) – James Joyce. Translation from Montenegrin to English: Journalist-style translation: fact-based newspaper articles.
VI week lectures	Grammar: The differences between the infinitive and the gerund.
VI week exercises	Written and oral exercises: how to write a process essay, how to plan and organise the process, examples of "how-to or directive" processes, examples of "informative processes". Topics for homework. Text analysis: Unit 9. Going places – Language Focus (emphasis), Writing and Reading Skills (tourist brochures; Edinburgh off the beaten track), Listening Skill 2 (multiple-choice answer exercise), Vocabulary 2 (Anger). Translation from English to Montenegrin: Selected extracts from the reading material for the second year. Translation from Montenegrin to English: Translating longer texts in the field of literature.
VII week lectures	Grammar: The differences between the gerund and the participle.
VII week exercises	Written and oral exercises: discussion on given topics and preparation for the mid-term test. Text analysis: Unit 9. Going places – Word formation, Section review (word formation, gap-filling in sentences). Translation from English to Montenegrin: Translating texts given in previous exam terms. Translation from Montenegrin to English: mid-term progress test I.
VIII week lectures	Grammar: mid-term test I
VIII week exercises	Written and oral exercises, Text analysis, Translation from English to Montenegrin, Translation from Montenegrin to English: mid-term test I
IX week lectures	Grammar: Modal Auxiliaries
IX week exercises	Written and oral exercises: Error analysis. Discussion on topics related to the introduction of new courses in elementary and high schools, proposals for changes to existing curricula. Listening to and understanding the native language (documentary / drama visual performance). Text analysis: Ready for listening (Listening Skill) – Part 1 (multiple-choice answer exercise), Part 2 (gap-filling in sentences), Part 3 (multiple-choice answer exercise), Part 4 (matching exercise). Translation from English to Montenegrin: Oral translation: tourism articles (consecutive). Translation from Montenegrin to English: Tests given back. Error analysis. Journalist-style translation: Newspaper articles (education and social policy).
X week lectures	Grammar: Modal verbs - can, could, may, might
X week exercises	Written and oral exercises: how to write a definition essay, a thesis statement, the body and conclusion, where and in what situations a definition is written, why it differs from other types of essays. Text analysis: Unit 10. House and home – English language usage (fill-in-the-blank exercise), Listening Skill (multiple-choice answer exercise). Translation from English to Montenegrin: Translating literary texts: a) Its a Battlefield – Graham Greene; b) The Ant and the Grasshopper – W.S. Maugham. Translation from Montenegrin to English: Journalist-style translation: economy-related newspaper articles.
XI week lectures	Grammar: Modal verbs - shall, should, will, would
XI week exercises	Written and oral exercises: three ways of definition, consideration of problems and the term of definition; Homework: preparation for discussion on the given definition topics. Text analysis: Unit 10. House and home – Vocabulary 2 (figurative meanings), Language Focus (participle clauses), English language usage 2 (multiple-choice answer exercise), Listening Skill (matching exercise). Translation from English to Montenegrin: Literary criticism: Alternative Shakespeares – John Drakakis (ed.). Translation from Montenegrin to English: Translating texts in the field of tourism.
XII week lectures	Grammar: Modal verbs - must, have to, ought to, need, dare
XII week exercises	Written and oral exercises: discussion and debates: what is (topics related to definitions of religion, faith, morality, ethics, justice, democracy, violence, growing up/maturing in our society). Text analysis: Unit 10. House and home – Section review (vocabulary, English language usage, additional exercises). Translation from English to Montenegrin: Oral translation: newspaper article, pamphlets, advertisements (consecutive). Translation from Montenegrin to English: Translating texts in the field of literature, newspaper articles with historical topics.
XIII week lectures	Grammar: revision and preparation for mid-term test II.
XIII week exercises	Written and oral exercises, Text analysis, Translation from English to Montenegrin, Translation from Montenegrin to English: revision and preparation for mid-term test II.
XIV week lectures	Grammar: mid-term test II.
XIV week exercises	Written and oral exercises, Text analysis, Translation from English to Montenegrin, Translation from Montenegrin to English: mid-term test II.
XV week lectures	Grammar: Error analysis. Preparation for the final exam.
XV week exercises	Written and oral exercises, Text analysis, Translation from English to Montenegrin, Translation from Montenegrin to English: Error analysis. Preparation for the final exam.

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
10 credits x 40/30=13 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 8 excercises 3 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =213 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =26 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 10 x 30=300 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 213 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 26 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature	Roy Norris (2008) Ready for CAE, MACMILLAN EXAMS; Morgan, J. with M. Rinvolucri (2004) Vocabulary. Oxford: OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS; Thornbury, S. (2002) How to Teach Vocabulary. Oxford: OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS; Thomson, A.J. & Martinet, A.V. (1997), A Practical English Grammar with Exercises 1 & 2, OUP; Huddleston, R. & J. Pullum (2001) The Cambridge Grammar of the English Language. Cambridge: CUP; Quirk, R., S. Greenbaum, G. Leech, J. Swartwik (1985) A Comprehensive Grammar of the English Language. London: Longman; Hewings, M., (1999) Advanced Grammar in Use, Cambridge: CUP; Đorđević, R . (1997), Gramatika engleskog jezika; Fawcett & Sandberg, Evergreen with Readings; Bujas, Željko (2011) Veliki hrvatsko-engleski rječnik, Zagreb: Globus. Bujas, Željko (2011) Veliki englesko-hrvatski rječnik, Zagreb: Globus. Hornby, A. S. (2011) Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary, Oxford: OUP. Oxford Collocations Dictionary for Students of English. Oxford: OUP. Klajn, Ivan (2000): Rečnik jezičkih nedoumica, Beograd: Školska knjiga. Vujaklija, M. 1980. Leksikon stranih reči i izraza. Beograd: Prosveta.
Examination methods	1. attendance and homework - 10 points (2 points per each individual part of the course - 5 parts); 2. two mid term-tests - 20 points each (4 points per each individual part of the course - 5 parts); 3. dictation - 6 points; 4. final exam - 44 points.
Special remarks	The lectures and seminars are held in English and Montenegrin where necessary (Translation from English to Montenegrin and Translation from Montenegrin to English).
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LANGUAGE 4 - MORPHOLOGY (WORD FORMATION)

Course:

ENGLISH LANGUAGE 4 - MORPHOLOGY (WORD FORMATION)/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
10358	Obavezan	4	5	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	-
Aims	Introduction into the basic concepts of English morphology, the principles of word formation and paradigmatic relations at morphology level.
Learning outcomes	After passing this subject student will be able to: - analyze the processes of word formation in English; - recognize the model of word formation and determine its properties; - paraphrase the meaning of English compounds; - paraphrase the meaning of English derivatives.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. dr Nataša Kostić, Jovana Đurčević, MA
Methodology	Lectures and seminars.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Affixational word-formation processes in English
I week exercises	Affixational word-formation processes in English
II week lectures	General properties of English affixation
II week exercises	General properties of English affixation
III week lectures	Nominal suffixes
III week exercises	Nominal suffixes
IV week lectures	Verbal suffixes
IV week exercises	Verbal suffixes
V week lectures	Adjectival and adverbial suffixes
V week exercises	Adjectival and adverbial suffixes
VI week lectures	Prefixes and infixation
VI week exercises	Prefixes and infixation
VII week lectures	An overview of English derivatives
VII week exercises	An overview of English derivatives
VIII week lectures	Conversion
VIII week exercises	Conversion
IX week lectures	Truncations, blends, abbreviations and acronyms
IX week exercises	Truncations, blends, abbreviations and acronyms
X week lectures	Compounding patterns
X week exercises	Compounding patterns
XI week lectures	Nominal compounds
XI week exercises	Nominal compounds
XII week lectures	Adjectival compounds
XII week exercises	Adjectival compounds
XIII week lectures	Verbal compounds
XIII week exercises	Verbal and other compounds
XIV week lectures	An overview of English compounds
XIV week exercises	An overview of English compounds
XV week lectures	Preparation for the final exam
XV week exercises	Preparation for the final exam

Student workload	30 lectures + 30 seminars
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Class attendance and participation in class discussions.
Consultations
Literature	- Bauer, L. (1983). English Word-Formation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. - Carstairs-McCarthy, A. (2002). An Introduction to English Morphology: Words and their Structure. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. - Hamawand, Z. (2011). Morphol
Examination methods	Activity in class – 30 points; final exam – 70 points.
Special remarks	-
Comment	Lectures and seminars are in English.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LITERATURE 4-ROMANTICISM

Course:

ENGLISH LITERATURE 4-ROMANTICISM/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
10359	Obavezan	4	5	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	None
Aims	The aim of the course is to familiarize students with the basic characteristics of Romanticism in the British context (late 18th to early 19th century), with the poetry of Romanticism, as well as with the "early" novel of the first half of this century – Jane Austen, psychological novel, and Walter Scott, historical novel.
Learning outcomes	After passing this examination, the student should be able to: Demonstrate familiarity with the socio-historical context of England in the first half of the 19th century, as well as the fundamental philosophical and political trends of that era. Identify the most significant writers and works of the Romantic period and contextualize the works of prominent English Romantic writers. Recognize the principal aesthetic, epistemological, and political features of Romanticism and independently interpret literary texts produced during the Romantic era in England. Develop a more comprehensive understanding of English literary and intellectual history through an examination of Romantic sources of later literary and intellectual traditions. Exhibit the ability to articulate their own thoughts, ideas, and opinions in writing, in relation to the studied period, drawing upon acquired knowledge as well as skills in ethically sound utilization of sources/literature.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. dr Vesna Bratić Dr Gordana Kustudić
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, consultations

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Social-historical and cultural circumstances. Ideational atmosphere and revolutionary "background"; Disillusionment with preceding forms: Interweaving (con)text of society, revolutionary ideas from the Continent, and poetics of Romanticism. European vs. English Romanticism. Idiosyncrasies of English Romanticism
I week exercises	: Social-historical and cultural circumstances. Ideational atmosphere and revolutionary "background"; Disillusionment with preceding forms: Interweaving (con)text of society, revolutionary ideas from the Continent, and poetics of Romanticism. European vs. English Romanticism. Idiosyncrasies of English Romanticism
II week lectures	Pre-romanticism. Mystic, eccentric, madman, and genius. Soft-hearted rebel: William Blake: Songs of Innocence and Songs of Experience (selection).
II week exercises	Pre-romanticism. Mystic, eccentric, madman, and genius. Soft-hearted rebel: William Blake: Songs of Innocence and Songs of Experience (selection).
III week lectures	Scottish bards and English critics: Robert Burns (selection from poetry).
III week exercises	Scottish bards and English critics: Robert Burns (selection from poetry).
IV week lectures	Novels of Jane Austen. The psychological novel is born. The power of dialogue in character characterization. Free indirect style. Pride and Prejudice of the narrator? – "all-knowing" narrator.
IV week exercises	Novels of Jane Austen. The psychological novel is born. The power of dialogue in character characterization. Free indirect style. Pride and Prejudice of the narrator? – "all-knowing" narrator.
V week lectures	Pride and Prejudice(s); Persuasion; Sense and Sensibility (or another novel of choice)
V week exercises	Pride and Prejudice(s); Persuasion; Sense and Sensibility (or another novel of choice)
VI week lectures	Lake Poets" - Older generation of romantics - William Wordsworth and Samuel Taylor Coleridge - Lyrical Ballads - manifesto of Romanticism
VI week exercises	Lake Poets" - Older generation of romantics - William Wordsworth and Samuel Taylor Coleridge - Lyrical Ballads - manifesto of Romanticism
VII week lectures	William Wordsworth: nature as healer – selection from poetry.
VII week exercises	William Wordsworth: nature as healer – selection from poetry.
VIII week lectures	Samuel Taylor Coleridge: Sin, punishment, repentance: The Rime of the Ancient Mariner – selection from poetry.
VIII week exercises	Samuel Taylor Coleridge: Sin, punishment, repentance: The Rime of the Ancient Mariner – selection from poetry.
IX week lectures	Mid-term
IX week exercises	Mid-term
X week lectures	George Gordon Noel, Lord Byron; classicist among romantics, satirist burdened with lovers plight, the Byronic hero is born – selection from poetry.
X week exercises	George Gordon Noel, Lord Byron; classicist among romantics, satirist burdened with lovers plight, the Byronic hero is born – selection from poetry.
XI week lectures	Percy Bysshe Shelley: "poet among revolutionaries, revolutionary among poets" – selection from poetry.
XI week exercises	Percy Bysshe Shelley: "poet among revolutionaries, revolutionary among poets" – selection from poetry.
XII week lectures	John Keats: tender bard of classical cult of senses and body – selection from poetry.
XII week exercises	John Keats: tender bard of classical cult of senses and body – selection from poetry.
XIII week lectures	Make-up Mid-term
XIII week exercises	/
XIV week lectures	Historical novel: Walter Scott. Return to (un)romanticized past. Ivanhoe. Rob Roy.
XIV week exercises	Historical novel: Walter Scott. Return to (un)romanticized past. Ivanhoe. Rob Roy.
XV week lectures	Essay in the age of Romanticism: Charles Lamb. Walter Savage Landor. William Hazlitt. Thomas De Quincey.
XV week exercises	Essay in the age of Romanticism: Charles Lamb. Walter Savage Landor. William Hazlitt. Thomas De Quincey.

Student workload	Credit hours: 5 credits x 40/30 = 6 hours and 40 minutes 2 hours of theoretical lectures 0 hours of practical lectures 2 exercises 2 hours and 40 minutes of independent work, including consultations Total instructional hours and final exam: 6 hours and 40 minutes x 16 = 106 hours and 40 minutes Necessary preparation before the semester begins (administration, enrollment, verification): 6 hours and 40 minutes x 2 = 13 hours and 20 minutes Total workload for the course: 5 x 30 = 150 hours Additional work for exam preparation in the retake exam period, including taking the retake exam: from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total workload for the course) 30 hours and 0 minutes Load structure: 106 hours and 40 minutes (instruction) 13 hours and 20 minutes (preparation) 30 hours and 0 minutes (additional work)
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature	Veselin Kostić, ur, Engleska književnost 2, Sarajevo: Svjetlost, 1990. Alexander, Michael:A History of English Literature, R.H. Fletcher: A History of English Literature, Widdowson Peter, The Palgrave Guide to English Literature and Its Contexts (1500-2000) Carter Ronald, McRae John, The Routledge History of Literature in English (selected chapters) Dušan Puhalo, Istorija engleske književnosti XVIII veka i romantizma (1700-1832), Beograd: Naučna knjiga, 1966. Margaret Drabble and Jenny Stringer (ed.), Concise Companion to English Literature, Oxford-New York: OUP, 1996. George Sampson,The Concise Cambridge History of English Literature, Cambridge: CUP G. B. Harrison, A Book of English Poetry, Penguin Books Ranka Kuić, Antologija engleske romantičarske poezije, Beograd: Nolit, 1971. Prof. dr Bojka Đukanović, Reader in English Literature 2, Podgorica: Univerzitet Crne Gore, 1999.
Examination methods	Attendance at lectures: 3 points Attendance at exercises: 3 points (up to three absences = 3 points, more than three absences = 0 points) 2 tests (to check if texts/novels/poetry have been carefully read, conducted alongside quizzes or the final exam): 14 points Quiz: 35 points (solely written knowledge assessment). Material prepared for the quiz must cover content up to Week VII. Final exam: 45 points (written/oral). The final exam covers all material (as points are cumulative). A passing grade is achieved if at least 50 points are accumulated cumulatively.
Special remarks	None
Comment	None

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / CONTEMPORAY ENGLISH LANGUAGE 4 - C1.2 LEVEL

Course:

CONTEMPORAY ENGLISH LANGUAGE 4 - C1.2 LEVEL/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
10360	Obavezan	4	10	2+8+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims	Acquiring and developing the skills of understanding spoken and written text, improving written and spoken communication in the English language, increasing and broadening the acquired knowledge of the English grammar, developing the skills of translating text from English to Montenegrin and from Montenegrin to English. Developing the skills of identifying and classifying translation problems in texts from the fields of literature and journalism and, according to a situational context, resolving them during the translation to and from English. Developing writing and speaking skills, writing various types of short essays, discussing topics related to contemporary social phenomena and trends.
Learning outcomes	After successfully completing the course, the student will be able to: 1. Correctly use dependent and independent clauses (conditional, adverb, and adjective clauses), identify and correct errors, and transform non-finite verb forms into the finite ones and vice versa. 2. Properly transform the direct speech into the indirect speech and vice versa, using various introductory verbs. 3. In written and spoken communication, understand and correctly use lexical units covered by the syllabus for the Contemporary English Language 4 – Level C1.2 course; master all language skills (reading, listening, speaking, and writing) at the C1.2 level according to the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR), with a special emphasis on the reading and listening comprehension skills. 3. Translate written texts in the fields of literature and journalism from English to Montenegrin and from Montenegrin to English at the C1.2 level according to the CEFR, correctly using grammatical and lexical units covered by the syllabus for this course; recognise, classify, and solve translation problems according to the situational context (grammatical-lexical, syntactic, and pragmatic-discursive). 5. Learn and apply the rules for writing short essays: how to write narration, comparison and contrast, and descriptive essays; learn and apply the rules for writing paraphrases, conclusions and summaries. 6. Discuss and debate topics related to the type of essays covered, and more broadly related to contemporary social trends and issues.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Doc. dr Branka Živković, Oksana Kankaraš, MA, Milica Nenezić, PhD, Jelena Mrkaić, PhD, Balša Ivanović, MA
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Grammar: Introduction to the course
I week exercises	Written and oral exercises, Text analysis, Translation from English to Montenegrin, Translation from Montenegrin to English: Course information and schedule
II week lectures	Grammar: Independent and Dependent Clauses
II week exercises	Written and oral exercises: revision of the process of writing short essays, analysis of the covered material, outcomes, results; Text analysis: Unit 11. A cultural education – Listening skills (multiple-choice exercise), Vocabulary (Sight), Reading skills (text with gaps, The trouble with modern audiences); Translation from English to Montenegrin: "The Legacy", Virginia Woolf; Translation from Montenegrin to English: Complex literature I: old texts, complex structures.
III week lectures	Grammar: Conditional clauses - type 1: open conditions
III week exercises	Written and oral exercises: how to write a narrative essay, a thesis statement, the body and conclusion, what narration involves; how to tell a story. Homework, oral presentation on the given topics related to narration; Text analysis: Unit 11. A Cultural Education – Language Focus (inversion), Word Formation (nouns with in, out, up, down, back), Listening Skills (gap-filling in sentences), Vocabulary (read and write); Translation from English to Montenegrin: "The Prophet," Kahlil Gibran; "The Book of Mirdad," Mikhail Naimy; English proverbs; Translation from Montenegrin to English: Complex literature II: proverbs.
IV week lectures	Grammar: Conditional clauses - type 2: tentative, hypothetical, and unreal conditions
IV week exercises	Written and oral exercises: individual presentations on given topics, telling stories, discussion. Audio-visual method (listening & watching a story), how to tell a story; Text analysis: Unit 11. A cultural education – Reading skills, speaking (Gap year), Writing skills (writing a proposal), Section review (word formation, vocabulary); Translation from English to Montenegrin: "The True History of Sir Thomas Thumb", English fairy tales; "Over the River and Through the Woods", John OHara; BBC NEWS: Berlin Remembers Fall of the Wall; Translation from Montenegrin to English: Translating texts in the field of economy and tourism. Homework given out.
V week lectures	Grammar: Conditional clauses - type 3: unreal conditions, past time ref.
V week exercises	Written and oral exercises: introduction to writing comparison and contrast essays, the analysis of comparison and contrast, rules for writing comparison and contrast, when to write one or the other type of an essay and when to write both at the same time. Homework; Text analysis: Unit 12. The world about us - Listening skills 1 (gap-filling in sentences), Vocabulary 1 (words with different use), Use of English (fill-in/multiple-choice exercise), Reading skills (Doing what comes naturally); Translation from English to Montenegrin: "Wuthering Heights", Emily Bronte; "Mackintosh", W.S. Maugham; vocabulary build-up exercises; texts with specific translatological problems; Translation from Montenegrin to English: Journalist-style translation - newspaper articles.
VI week lectures	Grammar: Adverbial clauses - types of adverb clauses
VI week exercises	Written and oral exercises: individual presentations on the given topics, discussion about different nationalities, lifestyles in Montenegro, generational gap - our ancestors, we, our children; Text analysis: Unit 12. The World About Us - Language Focus 1 (connectors and conjunctive adverbials), Listening Skills 2 (matching exercise), Language Focus 2 (modal verbs), Vocabulary 2 (manner adverbials); Translation from English to Montenegrin: Oral translation (newspapers articles); Translation from Montenegrin to English: Translating literary texts given as tests in previous exam terms.
VII week lectures	Grammar: Adverbial clauses - reduction of adverb clauses to modifying phrases
VII week exercises	Written and oral exercises: preparation for mid-term test I and discussion on acquired skills related to writing specific types of short essays; Text analysis: Unit 12. The world about us – Use of English 2 (keyword transformation exercise), Writing skills (articles), Section review (fill-in exercise, modal verbs, revision of collocations from Section 1 to 12); Translation from English to Montenegrin: Preparation for mid-term test I; Translation from Montenegrin to English: Preparation for mid-term test I.
VIII week lectures	Grammar: mid-term test I
VIII week exercises	Written and oral exercises, Text analysis, Translation from English to Montenegrin, Translation from Montenegrin to English: mid-term test I
IX week lectures	Grammar: Defining and non-defining relative clauses
IX week exercises	Written and oral exercises: Mid-term test results and error analysis; introduction to paraphrasing and summarising, how to write paraphrases, how to write summaries. Homework assignment; Text analysis: Unit 13. Food for thought - Vocabulary 1 (Eating and drinking), Use of English (word formation), Writing skills (informal letters), Reading skills (multiple-choice exercise); Translation from English to Montenegrin: Mid-term test results and error analysis; Translation from Montenegrin to English: Mid-term test results and error analysis. Translating newspaper articles in the fields of education and economy.
X week lectures	Grammar: Noun clauses
X week exercises	Written and oral exercises: individual presentations on the given topics: our society in the world of art, politics, agriculture. Plagiarism - what is it, censorship and copyright; Listening to and understanding the language (documentary / drama visual performance). Text analysis: Unit 13. Food for thought - Reading skills (multiple-choice exercise), Language Focus 1 (comparative expressions), Vocabulary 2 (Deception), Listening skills (multiple-choice exercise); Translation from English to Montenegrin: "Dubliners," James Joyce (excerpts from "An Encounter," "Araby," "Clay," etc.); Translation from Montenegrin to English: Translating short stories.
XI week lectures	Grammar: Reported speech I
XI week exercises	Written and oral exercises: introduction to writing a descriptive essay. How to describe people, natural phenomena, cities, rooms, things. Homework; Text analysis: Unit 13. Food for Thought – Language Focus 2 (quantity adverbs), Section review (vocabulary, comparative expressions, keyword transformation exercise); Translation from English to Montenegrin: "Women in Love," D.H. Lawrence; P & O, W.S. Maugham; vocabulary building exercises; English proverbs; Translation from Montenegrin to English: Translating professional texts (medicine and biology).
XII week lectures	Grammar: Reported speech II
XII week exercises	Written and oral exercises: individual presentations on the given topics of description, discussion/workshop/ differences in observation and perception; Text analysis: Unit 14. Money matters - Vocabulary 1 (Money), Listening skills (sentence completion), Use of English (word formation), Reading skills (matching exercise); Translation from English to Montenegrin: "To a God Unknown", John Steinbeck; "Moving-in", Patricia Henley, "Martin Chuzzlewit", Charles Dickens; Translation from Montenegrin to English: Complex literature III.
XIII week lectures	Grammar: revision and preparation for mid-term test II
XIII week exercises	Written and oral exercises: revision and preparation for mid-term test II; Text analysis: Unit 14 Money matters - Vocabulary 1 (quantifiers), Listening Skills 2 (multiple-choice exercise, language focus, noun phrases), Section review (noun phrases, vocabulary, gap-filling in sentences);Translation from English to Montenegrin, Translation from Montenegrin to English: revision and preparation for mid-term test II.
XIV week lectures	Grammar: mid-term test II
XIV week exercises	Written and oral exercises, Text analysis, Translation from English to Montenegrin, Translation from Montenegrin to English: mid-term test II
XV week lectures	Grammar: Error analysis. Preparation for the final exam.
XV week exercises	Written and oral exercises, Text analysis, Translation from English to Montenegrin, Translation from Montenegrin to English: Error analysis. Preparation for the final exam.

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
10 credits x 40/30=13 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 8 excercises 3 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =213 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =26 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 10 x 30=300 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 213 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 26 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature	Roy Norris (2008) Ready for CAE, MACMILLAN EXAMS; Morgan, J. with M. Rinvolucri (2004) Vocabulary. Oxford: OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS; Thornbury, S. (2002) How to Teach Vocabulary. Oxford: OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS; Thomson, A.J. & Martinet, A.V. (1997), A Practical English Grammar with Exercises 1 & 2, OUP; Huddleston, R. & J. Pullum (2001) The Cambridge Grammar of the English Language. Cambridge: CUP; Quirk, R., S. Greenbaum, G. Leech, J. Swartwik (1985) A Comprehensive Grammar of the English Language. London: Longman; Hewings, M., (1999) Advanced Grammar in Use, Cambridge: CUP; Đorđević, R . (1997), Gramatika engleskog jezika; Fawcett & Sandberg, Evergreen with Readings; Bujas, Željko (2011) Veliki hrvatsko-engleski rječnik, Zagreb: Globus. Bujas, Željko (2011) Veliki englesko-hrvatski rječnik, Zagreb: Globus. Hornby, A. S. (2011) Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary, Oxford: OUP. Oxford Collocations Dictionary for Students of English. Oxford: OUP. Klajn, Ivan (2000): Rečnik jezičkih nedoumica, Beograd: Školska knjiga. Vujaklija, M. 1980. Leksikon stranih reči i izraza. Beograd: Prosveta.
Examination methods	1. attendance and homework - 10 points (2 points per each individual part of the course - 5 parts); 2. two mid term-tests - 20 points each (4 points per each individual part of the course - 5 parts); 3. dictation - 6 points; 4. final exam - 44 points.
Special remarks	The lectures and seminars are held in English and Montenegrin where necessary (Translation from English to Montenegrin and Translation from Montenegrin to English).
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LANGUAGE V - FUNCTIONAL SYNTAX

Course:

ENGLISH LANGUAGE V - FUNCTIONAL SYNTAX/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
10795	Obavezan	5	5	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LANGUAGE VI TRANSFORMATIONAL SYNTAX

Course:

ENGLISH LANGUAGE VI TRANSFORMATIONAL SYNTAX/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
10796	Obavezan	6	5	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LITERATURE V - 19TH CENTURY LITERATURE

Course:

ENGLISH LITERATURE V - 19TH CENTURY LITERATURE/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11175	Obavezan	5	5	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	There are no pre-conditions for attending this course.
Aims	This course introduces the students to the major trends and literary movements in Great Britain in the 19th century, as well as the leading literary figures and their most representative works. They students will get familair with the general social and cultural atmosphere of the period. Due to the abrupt industrialization in the 19th century, Great Britain became the world’s leading economic and political power. Therefore, this tumultuous period has appeared as one of the major determinants of the spirit of British culture as it presents itself in the contemporary world. We will become acquainted with this spirit through the examples of the most beautiful linguistic expressions it left behind.
Learning outcomes	After the successful realization of this course, students will be able to: 1. explain the social function of literature in the 19th-century Great Britain, 2. describe major literary movements and recognize them in individual works, as well as support the claim with an example from literature, 3. read literary works in English and translate them, 4. explain the main aesthetic characteristics of individual literary works from the 19th century, 5. recognize the key concepts in a literary text from the 19th century, 6. apply pre-existing knowledge in the interpretation of the 19th-century literary works, 7. make connections between the works of various authors from various periods, 8. compare and analyze 19th-century literary works after a given model, and connect them with the leading tendencies from literary, ideological, and religious spheres, 9. connect wider cultural and civil values with given literary texts, 10. communicate fluently in native and in English language about given topics in the field, 11. differentiate relevant and Secondary literary sources, 12. apply theoretical knowledge in grouping important literary elements of individual 19-century literary texts, 13. develop discourse analysis of a literary work and define structuring mechanisms of 19th-century literary works, 14. plan their own studies independently 15. develop empathy between their own impressions of a literary text and the discourse of everyday life, 16. argue by using examples from the reading list in everyday communication, 17. independently design and compose an original essay, homework, or term paper with a topic from 19th-century English literature, 18. estimate the literary value of a given work, judging its formal and aesthetic quality, and explain their standpoint, 19. evaluate the generic approach to a literary work from the 19th century.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Dr. Dijana Mirković
Methodology	Lectures, seminars, homework

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to the course, teaching methodology, and students obligations.
I week exercises	Homework assignments
II week lectures	An introduction in the social context, Victorian culture, Victorian morality, popularity of fiction and marginalization of poetry
II week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
III week lectures	Matthew Arnolds social and literary criticism, selection from poetry
III week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
IV week lectures	Robert Browning, selected poetry
IV week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essaysReading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
V week lectures	Pre-Raphaelite Brotherhood, selected poetry
V week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
VI week lectures	Revision
VI week exercises	Revision
VII week lectures	Mid-term exam
VII week exercises	Mid-term exam results analysis
VIII week lectures	Victorian fiction
VIII week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
IX week lectures	Charles Dickens, William Makepeace Thackeray, George Eliot
IX week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
X week lectures	Emily Bronte, Wuthering Heights
X week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
XI week lectures	Joseph Conrad, Heart of Darkness
XI week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
XII week lectures	Oscar Wild, The Picture of Dorian Gray
XII week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
XIII week lectures	Henry James, A Portrait of a Lady
XIII week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
XIV week lectures	Henry James, A Portrait of a Lady
XIV week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
XV week lectures	Revision
XV week exercises	Revision

Student workload	WEEKLY 6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours Structure: 1.5 hours of lectures 1.5 hours of seminars 5 hours of independent work including consultations, translations, reading, and homework PER SEMESTER Class attendance and final exams: (8 hours) x 16 = 128 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrolment, verification) 2 x (8 hours) = 16 hours Total: 6x30 = 180 hours Additional work for the preparation of the make-up exam: 0 to 36 hours Structure: 128 hours (classes) +16 hours (preparation) + 36 hours (additional work)
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are expected to regularly attend classes, actively participate, do homework, and present it in class.
Consultations	Monday, 13.30, 331
Literature	Zoranić, A, M. Krivokapić, Nineteenth and Twentieth Century British Poetry, University of Novi Pazar, 2018. Knežević, Marija i Aleksandra N.-Batrićević: Reader’s Companion to Victorian Literature, Kolo, Nikšić, 2003. Kostić, Veselin (ed): Engleska književnost III, Svjetlost, Sarajevo, 1984. Puhalo, Dušan: Engleska književnost XIX i XX veka, Naučna knjiga, Beograd, 1976. Ristić, Ratomir: Reading and Understanding Victorian Poetry, Univerzitet u Nišu, Niš, 1992. Patrick Brantlinger, William Thesing, A Companion to Victorian Literature, 2002; Philip Davies, Why Victorian Literature Still Matters, 2008.
Examination methods	Attendance – 6 points Homework – 15 points Mid-term exam – 34 points Final exam – 50 points
Special remarks	The course is realized in Montenegrin and English.
Comment	/

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / BASICS OF TRANSLATION 1

Course:

BASICS OF TRANSLATION 1/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11182	Obavezan	5	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	None.
Aims	The main aim of this course is to introduce students to the basic concepts of translation theory and improve translating strategies and practices of literary translation. This aim includes the following objectives: developing translating competences specific to literary translation; developing skills for detailed language analysis of various styles and genres; illuminating most frequent challenges and dilemmas regarding translation from English and into English; improving competences and approaches for the translation of the old and classic literary texts, as well as children literature, fiction and poetry, literary theory and criticism; enabling students for the informed and critical analysis of the published translations.
Learning outcomes	Having passed this course, the students will be able to: 1. Use various methods and strategies in order to successfully translate texts that belong to different literary genres, both from and into English; 2. Apply basic knowledge of the translation theory, in particular when it comes literary translation theories; 3. Analyse, compare and discuss their own translations and those published by others in an informed manner; 4. Translate older texts and classic literature; 5. Translate childrens literature and various fictional as well theoretical texts, recognizing their style and register and rendering them adequately into the target language.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. dr Vanja Vukićević Garić; doc. dr Sanja Ćetković
Methodology	Lectures and seminars. Theoretical introductions and practical work: translation of various literary texts. Analysis of translation. Homework and consultations.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction into the course. Importance and cultural significance of translation. Basic assumptions and specific features of literary translation.
I week exercises	Translation of selected extracts.
II week lectures	Translators and their role. Translation phases. Dictionaries and online sources in the process of translation. Translation of the selected texts: 20th century fiction.
II week exercises	Translation of selected extracts.
III week lectures	Bi-lingual and bi-cultural issues. Literary style, authorial tone, narrative voice(s). Translating genres and register. (various characters speeches, different discourses, ideological and aesthetic messages of the literary text, setting, etc.). Contemporary fiction: shorter and longer extracts from novels, short stories. Analyses of various idioms and registers.
III week exercises	Translating selected texts.
IV week lectures	Bi-lingual and bi-cultural issues. Literary style, authorial tone, narrative voice(s). Translating genres and register. (various characters speeches, different discourses, ideological and aesthetic messages of the literary text, setting, etc.). Contemporary fiction: shorter and longer extracts from novels, short stories. Analyses of various idioms and registers.
IV week exercises	Translating selected texts.
V week lectures	Bi-lingual and bi-cultural issues. Literary style, authorial tone, narrative voice(s). Translating genres and register. (various characters speeches, different discourses, ideological and aesthetic messages of the literary text, setting, etc.). Contemporary fiction: shorter and longer extracts from novels, short stories. Analyses of various idioms and registers.
V week exercises	Translating selected texts.
VI week lectures	Translations - editing, polishing, discussing (E-C).
VI week exercises	Translations - editing, polishing, discussing (C-E).
VII week lectures	mid-term test
VII week exercises	mid-term test
VIII week lectures	Historical fiction.
VIII week exercises	Analysing mid-term exam.
IX week lectures	Translating literature for children. Identifying translation strategies for childrens literature, fables and fairy-tales.
IX week exercises	Translating selected texts.
X week lectures	Theoretical assumptions for translating poetry. Translating poetry (20th century).
X week exercises	Translating selected poems and parts of poems (20th century).
XI week lectures	Author-text-translation: triangle and linear model relations. Translation vs. adaptation. Resistance theory and transparency, Idiomatic translation.
XI week exercises	Translating idioms, proverbs, sayings.
XII week lectures	Translating various fiction, adapting vs. translating. Translating literary criticism and theory.
XII week exercises	Translating literary criticism and theory.
XIII week lectures	"Untranslatability": puns, wordplay, neologism. Translators footnotes, interpolation.
XIII week exercises	Translating older and contemporary fiction.
XIV week lectures	Presentation of students assignments.
XIV week exercises	Translation of the selected extracts.
XV week lectures	Revision and discussion.
XV week exercises	Make-up mid-term exam.

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attendance and homework, active participation in translation and discussion, mid-term and final exam.
Consultations	Every week, online and in person.
Literature	Mono-lingual and bi-lingual dictionaries; Collocation dictionaries (Oxford Collocations Dictionary for Students of English. Oxford: OUP) Articles on translation and extracts from theoretical studies: Munday, Jeremy. Introducing Tranlation Studies: Theories and Applications. London and New York: Routledge. 2001. Landers, Clifford. E. Literary Translation: A Practical Guide. New Jersey. - selection of various texts by the Anglo-American authors from different literary period and genres.
Examination methods	Attendance and active participation: 10 points. Mid-term exam (C-E translation): 40 points. Final exam: 50 (E-C translation + theoretical part): 50 points.
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / BASICS OF TRANSLATION 2

Course:

BASICS OF TRANSLATION 2/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11183	Obavezan	6	5	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	There are no prerequisites for taking this exam.
Aims	Recognizing and adequately translating problematic sentence structures, lexical and grammatical false friends, and idiomatic expressions from Serbian/Montenegrin to English and vice versa; Using collocationally related lexical combinations through translation in both directions.
Learning outcomes	Upon passing the exam, the student should be able to: Understand and recognize subtle problems in translation from Serbian/Montenegrin to English and vice versa. Use various techniques and methods for successfully translating texts belonging to different genres. Improve their abilities to produce accurate and communicatively coherent translated material. Enhance their knowledge of collocational potentials and limitations of individual words to improve translation competence. Successfully utilize translation tools, including printed and electronic dictionaries, thesauruses, and other references.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	doc. dr Sanja Ćetković; dr Gordana Kustudić
Methodology	Leectures, practice, consultations

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Translation of indirect questions, concordance of tenses in the context of translation in both directions. Differences in corresponding structures between languages.
I week exercises
II week lectures	Substituting adverbial phrases with adverbs in English with the appropriate change in sentence structure; Past modals expressing tentative and strong assumption or speculation.
II week exercises
III week lectures	Differences in meanings of the same lexical units depending on context; Practice through translation.
III week exercises
IV week lectures	Sentence transformations for the purpose of finding translation variants with the same meaning; Distinguishing words of similar/same base but different meanings and drawing attention to differences in meaning through translation.
IV week exercises
V week lectures	Using synonymous words and expressions in different contexts and detecting differences in meaning; Choosing appropriate expressions in different communication situations; Practice through translation.
V week exercises
VI week lectures	Using phrasal verbs instead of lexical verbs to achieve a more natural expression in English. Practice through transformations of individual sentences.
VI week exercises
VII week lectures	Translating a selection of texts as part of preparation for the midterm exam.
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures	Midterm exam
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures	Different meanings of sentences depending on the grammatical form of the verb phrase. Translation of selected texts.
IX week exercises
X week lectures	Translating idioms, comparing them with possibly equivalent idiomatic expressions in Serbian/Montenegrin language.
X week exercises
XI week lectures	Grammatical false friends and problems in their translation.
XI week exercises
XII week lectures	Translation which is considered grammatically correct but does not convey communicatively equivalent meaning.
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures	Collocations as lexical combinations. The danger of creating wrong collocations under the influence of a foreign language.
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures	Translation of a selection of texts as part of preparation for the final exam.
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures	Final Exam
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are required to attend classes, take midterm and final exams. The teachers may also assign other tasks such as homework, presentations, etc.
Consultations	Consultations are scheduled at a time agreed upon with the students.
Literature	Dictionaries: Bujas, Željko (2011): Veliki hrvatsko-engleski rječnik, Zagreb: Globus. Bujas, Željko: Veliki englesko-hrvatski rječnik, Zagreb: Globus. Hornby, A. S.(2011): Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary, Oxford: OUP. Oxford Collocations Dictionary for Students of English. Oxford: OUP. Jezički priručnici: Klajn, Ivan (2000): Rečnik jezičkih nedoumica, Beograd: Školska knjiga. Ćosić, Pavlje i saradnici (2008): Rečnik sinonima, Beograd: Otvorena knjiga. Pravopis crnogorskog jezika (2009), Podgorica: Ministarstvo prosvjete i nauke. Landers, Clifford (2001): E. Literary Translation: A Practical Guide. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters. Ivir, Vladimir (1985): Teorija i tehnika prevođenja. Novi Sad: Zavod za izdavanje udžbenika. Rajić, Ljubiša (ur, 1981): Teorija i poetika prevođenja, Beograd: Prosveta.
Examination methods	Midterm exam: up to 40 points Active attendance: up to 10 points Final exam: up to 50 points
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / BUSINESS COMMUNICATION WITH PROJECT WORK

Course:

BUSINESS COMMUNICATION WITH PROJECT WORK/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11209	Obavezan	6	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	None
Aims	The aim of this subject is to introduce the key theoretical and practical skills for efficient oral and written business communication in English as well as to prepare the students to do project work.
Learning outcomes	After students pass this exam, they will be able to: -use business English in speaking and writing communication at B2+ level -present a business presentation in English paying attention to the verbal /nonverbal component -prepare themselves for a business interview -structure various forms of written communication (business letter, mail, CV…) -participate in business communication in English focusing their attention on cultural aspects of communication in the international market.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Dr Saša Simović, Associate Professor Dr Dijana Mirkovic, Teaching Assistant
Methodology	Lectures, discussions, reading the set literature. Introduction to practical research work (completion of homework/presentations).

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to the course Effective Business Communication, Ethical Communication and Understanding Your Audience
I week exercises	Introduction to the project assignments; Business English Speaking and Writing Activities
II week lectures	Developing Business Presentations 1: Choosing a Topic, Finding Resources, Myths and Realities of Public Speaking, Overcoming Obstacles
II week exercises	Business English Speaking and Writing Activities
III week lectures	Developing Business Presentations 2: Nonverbal Delivery, Types of Nonverbal Communication, Movement in Your Speech, Visual Aids, Nonverbal Strategies
III week exercises	Business English Speaking and Writing Activities
IV week lectures	Developing Business Presentations 3: Organization and Outlines
IV week exercises	Business English Speaking and Writing Activities
V week lectures	Developing Business Presentations 4: Presentations to Inform
V week exercises	Business English Speaking and Writing Activities
VI week lectures	Developing Business Presentations 5: Presentations to Persuade
VI week exercises	Business English Speaking and Writing Activities
VII week lectures	Effective Business Writing Writing Preparation; Ethics, Plagiarism and Reliable Sources; Writing Style; Making an Argument
VII week exercises	Mid-term Exam
VIII week lectures	Business Writing in Action 1: Texts, Emails and Netiquettes
VIII week exercises	Business English Speaking and Writing Activities
IX week lectures	Business Writing in Action 2: CVs, Cover Letters, Motivation Letters
IX week exercises	Business English Speaking and Writing Activities
X week lectures	Business Writing in Action 3: Memorandums and Business Letters
X week exercises	Business English Speaking and Writing Activities
XI week lectures	Business Meetings Structure, Agenda and Strategies for Effective Business Meetings
XI week exercises	Business English Speaking and Writing Activities
XII week lectures	Intercultural and International Business Communication
XII week exercises	Business English Speaking and Writing Activities
XIII week lectures	Group Communication, Teamwork and Leadership
XIII week exercises	Group project presentations
XIV week lectures	Effective Job and Scholarship Interviews
XIV week exercises	Group project presentations
XV week lectures	End-of-Course Review
XV week exercises	Exam Prep

Student workload	Weekly: 4 credits x 40/30.
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The students are obliged to attend the classes, participate actively in discussions, do homework/ presentations /seminar papers
Consultations	After each class
Literature	Mc Lean, Scott, Business Communication for Success, Arizona: Arizona Western College, USA, 2015. Mascull, Bill, Business Vocabulary in Use, Cambridge: CUP, UK, 2002. King, David, Delta Business Communication Skills – Socializing, Addlestone: Delta Publishing, UK, 2005. Lowe, Susan and Pile, Louise, Delta Business Communication Skills – Presenting, Addlestone: Delta Publishing, UK, 2005. Ashley, A, Oxford Correspondence Workbook, Oxford: OUP, UK, 2003. Ashley, A, Oxford Handbook of Commercial Correspondence, Oxford: OUP, UK, 2003. Goodale, Malcolm, The Language of Meetings, Boston: Thomson, USA, 1998. Cordell, Jane, Cambridge Business English Activities - Serious Fun for Business English Students,Cambridge: CUP, UK, 2000. Emmerson, Paul and Hamilton, Nick, Five-Minute Activities for Business English, Cambridge: CUP, 2005.
Examination methods	Attendance- 5+5p; mid-term exam- 20; individual presentation – 20p; group work -10p; final exam – 40p. A pass mark is obtained by collecting at least 50p.
Special remarks	Lectures are taught in English.
Comment	None.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LANGUAGE 5 - FUNCTIONAL SYNTAX

Course:

ENGLISH LANGUAGE 5 - FUNCTIONAL SYNTAX/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11266	Obavezan	5	5	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LITERATURE 5 - 19TH CENTURY LITERATURE

Course:

ENGLISH LITERATURE 5 - 19TH CENTURY LITERATURE/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11267	Obavezan	5	5	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	There are no pre-conditions for the attending this course.
Aims	This course introduces students to the major trends and literary movements in Great Britain in the 19th century, as well as the leading literary figures and their most representative works, but also to the general social and cultural atmosphere of the period. Due to the abrupt industrialization in the 19th century, Great Britain became the leading economic and political power in the world. Therefore, this tumultuous period has appeared as one of the major determinants of the spirit of British culture as it presents itself in the contemporary world. We will become acquainted with this spirit through the examples of the most beautiful linguistic expressions it left behind.
Learning outcomes	After the successful realization of this course, students will be able to: 1. explain the social function of literature in the 19th-century Great Britain, 2. describe major literary movements and recognize them in individual works, as well as support the claim with an example from literature, 3. read literary works in English and translate them, 4. explain the main aesthetic characteristics of individual literary works from the 19th century, 5. recognize the key concepts in a literary text from the 19th century, 6. apply pre-existing knowledge in the interpretation of the 19th-century literary works, 7. make connections between the works of various authors from various periods, 8. compare and analyze 19th-century literary works after a given model, and connect them with the leading tendencies from literary, ideological, and religious spheres, 9. connect wider cultural and civil values with given literary texts, 10. communicate fluently in native and in English language about given topics in the field, 11. differentiate relevant and Secondary literary sources, 12. apply theoretical knowledge in grouping important literary elements of individual 19-century literary texts, 13. develop discourse analysis of a literary work and define structuring mechanisms of 19th-century literary works, 14. plan their own studies independently 15. develop empathy between their own impressions of a literary text and the discourse of everyday life, 16. argue by using examples from the reading list in everyday communication, 17. independently design and compose an original essay, homework, or term paper with a topic from 19th-century English literature, 18. estimate the literary value of a given work, judging its formal and aesthetic quality, and explain their standpoint, 19. evaluate the generic approach to a literary work from the 19th century.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Dr. Dijana Mirković
Methodology	This course consists of lectures and seminars, including homework, reading of the selected literary texts, a variety of student activities in the class, and discussions during office hours.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	An introduction to the context and the course, to the working methods and obligations
I week exercises	Homework assignments
II week lectures	The social context, Victorian culture, and Victorian morality
II week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
III week lectures	Matthew Arnolds social and literary criticism, selected poetry
III week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected texts.
IV week lectures	Alfred Tennyson, selected poetry
IV week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected texts.
V week lectures	Robert Browning, selected poetry
V week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected texts.
VI week lectures	Pre-Raphaelite Brotherhood, selected poetry
VI week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected texts.
VII week lectures	Summary and preparation for the mid-term exam
VII week exercises	Summary and preparation for the mid-term exam
VIII week lectures	Mid-term exam
VIII week exercises	Analysis of the test and the mid-term results
IX week lectures	Victorian ficton
IX week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected texts.
X week lectures	Charles Dickens, William Makepeace Thackeray, George Eliot
X week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected texts.
XI week lectures	Emily Bronte, Wuthering Heights
XI week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected texts.
XII week lectures	Henry James, A Portrait of a Lady
XII week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected texts.
XIII week lectures	Joseph Conrad, Heart of Darkness
XIII week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected texts.
XIV week lectures	Oscar Wild, The Picture of Dorian Gray
XIV week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected texts.
XV week lectures	Summary and preparation for the exam
XV week exercises	Summary and preparation for the exam

Student workload	WEEKLY 6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours Structure: 1.5 hours of lectures 1.5 hours of seminars 5 hours of independent work including consulations, translations, reading, and homework PER SEMESTER Class attendance and final exams: (8 hours) x 16 = 128 hours Neccessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrolment, verification) 2 x (8 hours) = 16 hours Total: 6x30 = 180 hours Additional work for the preparation of the make-up exam: 0 to 36 hours Structure: 128 hours (classes) +16 hours (preparation) + 36 hours (additional work)
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are expected to be regular in classes, to actively participate, do homework, and present it to their peers in the class.
Consultations	Monday, 13.30, 331
Literature	Zoranić, A, M. Krivokapić, Nineteenth and Twentieth Century British Poetry, University of Novi Pazar, 2018. Knežević, Marija i Aleksandra N.-Batrićević: Reader’s Companion to Victorian Literature, Kolo, Nikšić, 2003. Kostić, Veselin (ed): Engleska književnost III, Svjetlost, Sarajevo, 1984. Puhalo, Dušan: Engleska književnost XIX i XX veka, Naučna knjiga, Beograd, 1976. Ristić, Ratomir: Reading and Understanding Victorian Poetry, Univerzitet u Nišu, Niš, 1992. Patrick Brantlinger, William Thesing, A Companion to Victorian Literature, 2002; Philip Davies, Why Victorian Literature Still Matters, 2008.
Examination methods	Attendance – 6 points Homework – 15 points Mid-term exam – 34 points Final exam – 50 points
Special remarks	The course is realized in English and Montenegrin.
Comment	None.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / AMERICAN LITERATURE 3

Course:

AMERICAN LITERATURE 3/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11268	Obavezan	5	3	2+0+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / BRITISH AND AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 5

Course:

BRITISH AND AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 5/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11269	Obavezan	5	3	2++0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	None.
Aims	This course aims to develop cultural tolerance. It will be realized through interpretations of the basic concepts of semiotics, postcolonialism, Eurocentrism, patriarchal discourse, and new findings of post-historicism. We will consider how cultures are constructed, how encounters and mutual interpretations of different cultures occur, and how the phenomenon of the "Other" develops in the eyes of the observer. Western civilization, being progressive in contrast to the stagnant cultures of the indigenous world, is the one from which travel and colonization take place. Therefore, it assumed the right of precedence and a superior hierarchical position. To problematize this phenomenon, we will analyze a series of examples from the field of Anglo-American literature and film, starting with the early travelers of the modern era, the first interpreters of the subjugated "other," and contrast them with the contemporary critique of imperialist discourse.
Learning outcomes	With the successful realization of the course, the student should: 1. know the nature of the imperialist discourse, understand the socio-historical circumstances that caused certain tendencies in travel literature; 2. list and analyze crucial readings and literature and be familiar with the work of leading theorists in the field of postcolonialism; 3. perform a detailed analysis of contemporary texts of a travel and postcolonial nature and evaluate them aesthetically; 4. successfully translate travel and postcolonial literature; and 5. perform research work within a multidisciplinary study.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. Marija Krivokapić
Methodology	The course will be realized through lectures, tests, homework, and students presentations.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to the subject. Description and division of tasks
I week exercises
II week lectures	Eurocentrism, patriarchal discourse, postcolonialism and posthistoricism; basic concepts of semiotics.
II week exercises
III week lectures	Concepts of time, movement, and progress: 2001: A Space Odyssey (1968), Stanley Kubrick; Robinson Crusoe (1719), Daniel Defoe.
III week exercises
IV week lectures	The discovery of America and the forms of genocide, The Canary Effect (2006), Robin Davey and Yellow Thunder Woman.
IV week exercises
V week lectures	Fictionalization of the indigenous population and the struggle for cultural sovereignty. Reel Injun (2009), Neil Diamond, and the song "I am not the Indian you had in mind," Thomas King.
V week exercises
VI week lectures	Test.
VI week exercises
VII week lectures	Creation of the Orient, Orientalism (1973) Edward Said.
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures	A Passage to India (1924), E. M. Forster.
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures	The God of Small Things (1997) Arundati Roy.
IX week exercises
X week lectures	Mid-term exam.
X week exercises
XI week lectures	The myth of the Dark Continent, the role of explorers and missionaries in the colonization of Africa, Mountains of the Moon (1990), Bob Rafelson.
XI week exercises
XII week lectures	Things Fall Apart (1958) Chinua Achebe
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures	Colonization of Australia, forms of genocide against Aborigines
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures	Utopia (2013), John Pilger; Rabbit-proof Fence (2002) Phillip Noyce.
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures	Revision. Students presentations.
XV week exercises

Student workload	Weekly: 3 credits x 40/30 = 4 hours Structure: 2 hours of lectures 0 hours of exercises 2 hours of individual student work (preparation for laboratory exercises, colloquiums, homework) including consultations Per semester: Classes and final exam: (4 hours) x 16 = 64 hours Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 x (4 hours) = 8 hours Total workload for the course: 3 x 30 = 90 hours Supplementary work for exam preparation in the make-up exam period, including taking the make-up exam from 0 - 30 hours. Load structure: 64 hours (teaching) + 8 hours (preparation) + 18 hours (additional work)
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are expected to attend classes regularly, take tests and exams, and do homework independently.
Consultations	Monday 14.00, room 331
Literature	Films 2001: A Space Odyssey (1968), Stanley Kubrick; The Canary Effect (2006), Robin Davey i Yellow Thunder Woman; Reel Injun (2009), Neil Diamond; Mountains of the Moon (1990), Bob Rafelson; Utopia (2013), John Pilger, Rabbit-proof Fence (2002) Phillip Noyce. Fiction: Robinson Crusoe (1719), Daniel Defoe; A Passage to India (1924), E. M. Forster; Things Fall Apart (1958), Chinua Achebe; The God of Small Things (1997) Arundati Roy. Britanska i američka civilizacija V (Susreti naroda i kultura u modernoj književnosti i na filmu), ed. M. Krivokapić.
Examination methods	Attendance: up to 5 points Homework: 5 points Test: 10 points Homework and presentation in class: up to 10 points Mid-term: up to 20 points Final exam: up to 50.
Special remarks	The course is realized in Montenegrin and English.
Comment	N/A

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / FUNDAMENTALS OF LITERARY TRANSLATION 1

Course:

FUNDAMENTALS OF LITERARY TRANSLATION 1/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11270	Obavezan	5	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / RUSSIAN LANGUAGE 5

Course:

RUSSIAN LANGUAGE 5/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11271	Izborni	5	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	There are no prerequisites for other subjects, but it is desirable that students have some prior knowledge of the Russian language in order to follow the classes.
Aims	Developing and raising to a higher level language skills and habits (listening, reading, writing and speaking), independent written and oral presentation on the given topic.
Learning outcomes	Outcomes: After passing this exam, the student should: 1. Apply the acquired language knowledge in order to achieve the goals and tasks set by the plan and program of the subject Russian language 5; 2. Develops reading interests and raises language skills and habits to a higher level (listening, reading, writing and speaking); 3. Apply procedures that encourage activation and develop language competence and creativity in the field of learning Russian as a foreign language; 4. Independently presents in writing and orally on a specific topic from the domain of Russian as a foreign language; 5. Interprets and processes Russian literary texts and provides adequate lexical explanations
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Docent Dr. Marina Koprivica; Lecturer Marija Mujović
Methodology	A short introduction to the appropriate language content, with the greatest possible participation of students in various types of written and oral exercises; independently, in pairs, in a group; conversation.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	1. Text "Staryj povar", ("The old cook")reading, translation. Discussion about the text, questions and answers (exposition)
I week exercises	1. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
II week lectures	2. Text "Korzina s elovymi šishkami", ("Basket with fir cones") reading, translation. Discussion about the text, questions and answers (exposition)
II week exercises	2. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
III week lectures	3. Watching a Russian film
III week exercises	3. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
IV week lectures	4. Text "Kust sireni" ("Lilac bush") reading, translation. Discussion about the text, questions and answers.
IV week exercises	4. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
V week lectures	5. Text «Sostâzanie» ("Competition") reading, translation. Discussion about the text, questions and answers.
V week exercises	5. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
VI week lectures	6. Speaking topic "Portrait of a man"
VI week exercises	6. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
VII week lectures	7. Text: "Whose heart is stronger", reading, translation. Discussion about the text, questions and answers.
VII week exercises	7. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
VIII week lectures	8. Test
VIII week exercises	8. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
IX week lectures	9. Text “Stupid Frenchman” Exposition
IX week exercises	9. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
X week lectures	10. Watching a Russian film
X week exercises	10. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
XI week lectures	11. Text: "Na dače" ("In the country") Discussion about the text, questions and answers
XI week exercises	11. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
XII week lectures	12. Text: «History of a commercial enterprise», reading and translation, questions and answers (exposition)
XII week exercises	12. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
XIII week lectures	13. Speaking topic "Health"
XIII week exercises	13. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
XIV week lectures	14. Renewal of materials and preparation for the colloquium
XIV week exercises	14. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
XV week lectures	15. Colloquium
XV week exercises	15. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.

Student workload	Week In the semester 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hours and 20 minutes Structure: 2 hours of lectures 2 hours of exercises 1 hours and 20 minutes of individual student work (preparation for laboratory exercises, for colloquiums, preparation homework) including consultations Lessons and final exam: (5 hours and 20 minutes) x 16 = 85 hours and 20 minutes Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 x (5 hours and 20 minutes) = 10 hours and 40 minutes Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Additional work for exam preparation in the make-up exam period, including taking the make-up exam from 0 - 30 hours. Load structure: 85 hours and 20 minutes (teaching) + 10 hours and 40 minutes (preparation) + 24 hours (additional work) Weekly In the semester 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hours and 20 minutes Structure: 2 hours lectures, 2 hours of exercises, 1 hour and 20 minutes of individual student work (preparation for laboratory tests exercises, for colloquiums, doing homework) including consultations Classes and final exam: (5 hours and 20 minutes) x 16 = 85 hours and 20 minutes Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 x (5 hours and 20 minutes) = 10 hours and 40 minutes Total workload for course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Additional work for exam preparation in the remedial exam period, including taking a remedial exam from 0 - 30 hours. Load structure: 85 hours and 20 minutes (teaching) + 10 hours and 40 minutes (preparation) + 24 hours (additional work)
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are required to attend classes, prepare and be active they participate in classes, do homework.
Consultations	The teacher consults with the students.
Literature	A. P. Aleksandrova, I. P. Kuzmich, T. I. Melenteva, "Nepropavshie suzhety"; E. R. Leskareva, "Clean grammar"; Radmilo Marojević, "Russian grammar: comparative grammar of the Russian and Serbian languages with historical comments". T. 1, Typology, phonology, morphology of names; Radmilo Marojević, "Russian grammar: comparative grammar of the Russian and Serbian languages with historical comments". T. 2, Morphology of verbs, syntax, theory of translation; Radmilo Marojević, "Grammar of the Russian language"
Examination methods	Activities 10 points; two tests of 15 points each (30 points in total); presentation (written and oral presentation on the given topic) 10 points; final exam 50 points.
Special remarks	There is none.
Comment	Implementation plan of the teaching program by thematic units and terms students will receive at the beginning of the semester.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / FRENCH LANGUAGE 5

Course:

FRENCH LANGUAGE 5/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11272	Izborni	5	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	No conditions to take this course
Aims	Systematic development of all language skills in the field of general French, including level B1.1 of the Common European Framework for Living Languages.
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Doc. dr Spomenka Delibašić, lecturer and Andrea Peruničić, teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Unité 1: Je séduis: Cendrillon. Parler de l’image. Coache toujours, tu m’intéresses !
I week exercises	Stratégies pour demander des informations et des conseils par mél.
II week lectures	Unité 1: Je séduis: Recrut images. Caractériser des personnes et des comportements.
II week exercises	Les traits de personnalité, les qualités professionnelles. Les pronoms relatifs simples.
III week lectures	Unité 1: Je séduis: Faire des éloges et des reproches. Changer, pas si facile… Des candidats trop beaux pour être vrais ! Parler des transformations par la chirurgie esthétique.
III week exercises	La mise en relief. Parler des transformations par la chirurgie esthétique.
IV week lectures	Unité 1: Je séduis: La difficulté de cohabitation en entreprise.
IV week exercises	Donner des conseils. Infinitif ou subjonctif ?
V week lectures	Unité 1: Je séduis: À Cannes, Chopard remporte la palme de l’image.
V week exercises	Compréhension écrite. Expression écrite. Compréhension orale. Expression orale.
VI week lectures	Unité 2: J’achète: La Grasse Matinée de Jacques Prévert.
VI week exercises	Parler de la consommation.
VII week lectures	Test d’évaluation
VII week exercises	Vous et la consommation.
VIII week lectures	Unité 2: J’achète: 60 millions de consommateurs. Utiliser Internet. Écrire un mél de réclamation.
VIII week exercises	Faire des comparaison. Les pronoms relatifs composés.
IX week lectures	Unité 2: J’achète: Points de vue sur la consommation. Le site eBay fête ses 10 ans en juin.
IX week exercises	Négocier et discuter un prix. Le discours rapporté et la concordance des temps.
X week lectures	Unité 2: J’achète: Le bilan de l’été 2006 reste plutôt mitigé.
X week exercises	Compréhension écrite. Expression écrite. Compréhension orale. Expression orale.
XI week lectures	Unité 3 : J’apprends: L’Africain de Jean-Marie Gustave Le Clézio. Parler d’apprentissage.
XI week exercises	Parler d’apprentissage.
XII week lectures	Unité 3 : J’apprends: Des parcours de combattants...
XII week exercises	Présenter son parcours lors d’un entretien.
XIII week lectures	Unité 3 : J’apprends: Parler du passé. Évoquer le passé.
XIII week exercises	L’accord du participe passé. Le troc des savoirs. Concéder. S’opposer.
XIV week lectures	Unité 3: J’apprends: Compréhension écrite.
XIV week exercises	Expression écrite. Compréhension orale. Expression orale.
XV week lectures	Test d’évaluation
XV week exercises	A vos créations!

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature	Catherine Dollez, Sylvie Pons; Alter Ego 3, méthode de français B1, Paris: Hachette, 2009. (Unités 1, 2 et 3). Cahier d’exercice de même édition.
Examination methods	Mid-term and oral final exam
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LANGUGE 5

Course:

ITALIAN LANGUGE 5/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11273	Izborni	5	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes	After completing the course and passing the exam at level A2.2 of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages, the student will be able to: 1. Demonstrate communication competence in the Italian language, with special emphasis on different communication situations related to the business environment in the field of tourism and culture; 2. Produce simple written and oral texts on topics covered during class: present his professional development, participate in job interviews, communicate in formal and informal situations, give instructions, write a CV...; 3. Explain in a simple way (cultural) similarities and differences between Italian and Montenegrin modern societies covered during class; 4. Use sources in the Italian and Montenegrin languages in order to broaden important topics in the field of tourism and culture.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / GERMAN LANGUAGE 5

Course:

GERMAN LANGUAGE 5/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11274	Izborni	5	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	None.
Aims	Course Learning objectives: 1. Systematic development of all language skills in the field of German at the B1.1 level of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages; 2. Introduction to professional terminology and narrowly-specific structures in the field of German at the B1.1 level in written and oral communication; 3. Acquisition of grammatical knowledge, techniques and skills necessary for understanding and translating professional texts as well as for oral presentations and translations on topics in the field of German at the B1.1 level.
Learning outcomes	By the end of this course a student will be able to: 1. Demonstrate high levels of communicative competence in (vocational) German at the B1.1 level of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages; 2. Use standard language norms at the B1.1 level of German in written and oral communication; 3. Apply advanced grammar knowledge and specialised techniques and skills of written and oral translation and translate texts from German and into German; 4. Analyse the written or spoken text in detail and comprehensively and recognize key ideas and implicit meaning; 5. Discuss topics on general theoretical and practical knowledge.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Sabina Osmanović, Assistant Professor; MA Semra Husović
Methodology	Lectures and exercises.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Lektion 1: Glück im Alltag über Vergangenes berichten; Zeitungsmeldungen verstehen/schreiben; über Erinnerungen aus Kindheit berichten; Präteritum, Konjunktion als; über Glücksmomente berichten; ein Radiointerview verstehen; über Erlebnisse in der Vergangenheit sprechen; über Glücksbringer sprechen; Plusquamperfekt
I week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
II week lectures	Lektion 2: Unterhaltung über Serien sprechen: Meinungen und Vorlieben ausdrücken; Gegensätze ausdrücken; Konjunktion obwohl; Gradpartikeln; Eigenschaften von Dingen und Personen beschreiben; in einer Diskussion einen Konsens finden; eine Statistik zum Thema verfassen; Relativpronomen der, die, das und Relativsatz
II week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
III week lectures	Lektion 3: Gesund bleiben Über Gesundheitstipps sprechen; Untersuchung beim Arzt; Vorgänge beschreiben; Fitnessübungen beschreiben und machen; Passiv Präsens mit Modalverben; Genitiv mit definitivem und indefinitem Artikel
III week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
IV week lectures	Lektion 3: Gesund bleiben einen Rat suchen; einen Ratschlag/eine Empfehlung geben; eine Kursstatistik erstellen und darüber sprechen; einen Forumsbeitrag verstehen und Tipps geben; Vermutungen austauschen; über Thesen diskutieren;
IV week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
V week lectures	Lektion 4: Sprachen über Irreales sprechen; höflich absagen; eine Radiosendung zum Thema Fremdsprachen lernen verstehen; Konjunktiv II: irreale Bedingungen mit wenn; Präposition; wegen + Genitiv
V week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
VI week lectures	Lektion 4: Sprachen höflich nachfragen; Tipps verstehen und zuordnen; Lerntipps geben; einen Text zum Thema Mehrsprachigkeit verstehen; über die eigene(n) Sprache(n) sprechen
VI week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
VII week lectures	Midterm exam.
VII week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
VIII week lectures	Lektion 5: Eine Arbeit finden Stellenanzeigen verstehen; eine Bewerbung schreiben; ein Bewerbungsgespräch führen; Infinitiv mit zu; Temporale Präpositionen (während, außerhalb; innerhalb) + Genitiv
VIII week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
IX week lectures	Make up exam.
IX week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
X week lectures	Lektion 5: Eine Arbeit finden über Berufswünsche und –interessen sprechen; Techniken verstehen und selbst anwenden
X week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XI week lectures	Lektion 6: Dienstleistung Texte über Geschäftsideen verstehen; über Geschäftsideen sprechen; über Kenntnisse und Kompetenzen im Beruf sprechen; Verben und Ausdrücke mit es; Konjunktionen um … zu + Infinitiv und damit
XI week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XII week lectures	Lektion 6: Dienstleistung Ratschläge für Probleme im Arbeitsalltag geben; ein Kundengespräch im Geschäft führen; eine Beschwerde schreiben; Konjunktion statt/ohne … zu + Infinitiv
XII week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XIII week lectures	Lektion 7: Rund ums Wohnen Probleme beim Zusammenleben; eine Hausordnung verstehen und schreiben; Konflikte mit Nachbarn lösen; Kritik höflich formulieren und höflich auf Kritik reagieren; Zweiteilige Konjunktionen: nicht nur… sondern auch, zwar… aber, entweder… oder; Konjunktiv II der Vergangenheit: Konjugation, irreale Wünsche
XIII week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XIV week lectures	Lektion 7: Rund ums Wohnen über die eigene Wohnsituation schreiben; einen Text und ein Interview zum Thema Fernbeziehungen verstehen; über Beziehungen sprechen; Wiederholung: Verben mit Präpositionen; Präposition trotz + Genitiv
XIV week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XV week lectures	Vorbereitung auf die Abschlussprüfung
XV week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are obliged to attend lectures, engage actively in class activities, complete all assignments, including tests and mid-term exams, as well as the final exam.
Consultations	Mondays and per e-mail.
Literature	Schritte international Neu 5 (B1.1). Deutsch als Fremdsprache Kurs und Arbeitsbuch mit Audio-CDs., 2020 (Lektion 1-7) (coursebook and workbook)
Examination methods	The assessment includes class attendance, active participation, homework, midterms, and the final exam.
Special remarks
Comment	At the start of the semester, students will receive a detailed weekly course outline, including materials and assignments.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / SPANISH LANGUAGE 5

Course:

SPANISH LANGUAGE 5/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11275	Izborni	5	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LANGUAGE 6 - TRANSFORMATIONAL SYNTAX

Course:

ENGLISH LANGUAGE 6 - TRANSFORMATIONAL SYNTAX/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11276	Obavezan	6	5	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH LITERATURE 6 - 20TH CENTURY LITERATURE

Course:

ENGLISH LITERATURE 6 - 20TH CENTURY LITERATURE/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11277	Obavezan	6	5	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	There are no pre-conditions for the attendance of this course.
Aims	This course introduces students to major trends and literary movements in Great Britain in the 20th century, the leading authors and their most representative works, as well as the general spirit of the time. The Twentieth was a century full of turmoil in which Great Britain faced major social, political, and cultural crises. This crisis is evident in literary works and significantly reflective of the global atmosphere.
Learning outcomes	After the successful realisation of this course, students will be able to: 1. explain the social function of literature in the 20th-century Great Britain, 2. describe major literary movements and recognise them in individual works, as well as support the claim with an example from literature, 3. read literary works in English and translate them, 4. explain main aesthetic characteristics of individual literary works from the 20th century, 5. recognise the key concepts in a literary text from the 20th century, 6. apply pre-existing knowledge in the interpretation of the 20th-century literary works, 7. make connections between the works of various authors from various periods, 8. compare and analyse 20th-century literary works after a given model, and connect them with the leading tendencies from literary, ideological, and religious spheres, 9. connect wider cultural and civil values with given literary texts, 10. communicate fluently in native and in English language about given topics in the field, 11. differentiate relevant from irrelevant literary sources, 12. apply theoretical knowledge in grouping important literary elements of individual 20-century literary texts, 13. develop discourse analysis of a literary work and define structural mechanisms of a 20th-century literary work, 14. plan their own studies independently 15. develop empathy between their own impressions of a literary text and the discourse of everyday life, 16. argue and use examples from the reading list in everyday communication, 17. independently design and compose an original essay, homework, or term paper with a topic from 20th-century English literature, 18. estimate the literary value of a given work, judging its formal and aesthetic quality, and explain their standpoint, 19. value the generic approach to a literary work from the 19th century.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Dr. Dijana Mirković
Methodology	This course consists of lectures, seminars, homework, a variety of student activities in the class, and discussions during office hours.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	An introduction to the course, working methods, and obligations
I week exercises	Homework assignments
II week lectures	Introduction to the socio-cultural and political context and to its influences on the formal and contextual aspects of the works in question
II week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
III week lectures	World War I, anti-war poetry
III week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
IV week lectures	Imagism, selected poetry
IV week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
V week lectures	Thomas Sterns Eliot, selected poetry and prose
V week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
VI week lectures	William Butler Yeats, selected poetry
VI week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
VII week lectures	Phillip Larkin, selected poetry
VII week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
VIII week lectures	Summary and preparation for the mid-term exam
VIII week exercises	Summary and preparation for the mid-term exam
IX week lectures	Mid-term exam
IX week exercises	Analysis and results
X week lectures	Modern novel
X week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
XI week lectures	Virginia Woolf, To the Lighthouse
XI week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
XII week lectures	James Joyce, A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man
XII week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
XIII week lectures	David Herbert Lawrence, Women in Love
XIII week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
XIV week lectures	Julian Barnes, Arthur & George
XIV week exercises	Reading, translation, and analysis of the selected literary texts and essays
XV week lectures	Summary and preparation for the exam
XV week exercises	Summary and preparation for the exam

Student workload	WEEKLY 6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours Structure: 1.5 hours of lectures 1.5 hours of seminars 5 hours of independent work including consultations, translations, reading, and homework PER SEMESTER Class attendance and final exams: (8 hours) x 16 = 128 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrolment, verification) 2 x (8 hours) = 16 hours Total: 6x30 = 180 hours Additional work for the preparation of the make-up exam: 0 to 36 hours Structure: 128 hours (classes) +16 hours (preparation) + 36 hours (additional work)
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are expected to be regular and active in classes, do homework, and present it in class.
Consultations	Monday, 13.30, 331
Literature	Faulkner, Peter: Modernism, London – New York: Rutledge, 1991. Koljević, Svetozar: Engleski romansijeri XX veka, Beograd: Zavod za udžbenike i nastavna sredstva, 2002. Koljević, Svetozar: Engleski pesnici XX veka, Beograd: Zavod ya udžbenike i nastavna sredstva, 2002. Koljević, Svetozar i Tanja Luburić: Engleska književnost XX veka, neobjavljena skripta, Filozofski fakultet, Niksic Knežević Marija, Izbor iz engleske moderne proze, neobjavljena skripta, Filozofski fakultet, Niksic Marković, Vida: Engleski roman XX veka, Naučna knjiga, Beograd, 1963. Stevenson, Randall: Modernist Fiction: An Introduction, Prentice Hall, Hertfordshire, 1998. Krivokapić Knežević Marija, Ogledi iz moderne angloameričke književnosti, Filozofski fakultet, Niksic 2013; Marija Krivokapić, A. L. Zoranić, Victorian and Modern English Literature: A Reader, 2017, Marković, Vida: Engleski roman XX veka, Naučna knjiga, Beograd, 1963. Stevenson, Randall: Modernist Fiction: An Introduction, Prentice Hall, Hertfordshire, 1998.
Examination methods	Grading is structured within the scale 0-100% of the material, while the passing grade will be achieved with the accumulation of 51% of the total material, as follows: Attendance – 6 points Homework – 15 points Mid-term exam – 34 points Final exam – 50 points
Special remarks	The course is realized in Montenegrin adn English.
Comment	None

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / RUSSIAN LANGUAGE 6

Course:

RUSSIAN LANGUAGE 6/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11278	Izborni	6	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	There are no prerequisites for other subjects, but it is desirable that students have some prior knowledge of the Russian language in order to follow the classes.
Aims	Developing and raising to a higher level language skills and habits (listening, reading, writing and speaking), independent written and oral presentation on the given topic.
Learning outcomes	Outcomes: After passing this exam, the student should: 1. Apply the acquired language knowledge in order to achieve the goals and tasks set by the plan and program of the subject Russian language 5; 2. Develops reading interests and raises language skills and habits to a higher level (listening, reading, writing and speaking); 3. Apply procedures that encourage activation and develop language competence and creativity in the field of learning Russian as a foreign language; 4. Independently presents in writing and orally on a specific topic from the domain of Russian as a foreign language; 5. Interprets and processes Russian literary texts and provides adequate lexical explanations
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Docent Dr. Marina Koprivica; Lecturer Marija Mujović
Methodology	A short introduction to the appropriate language content, with the greatest possible participation of students in various types of written and oral exercises; independently, in pairs, in a group; conversation.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	1. Text: "Attalea Princeps", reading, translation. Discussion about the text, questions and answers (exposition)
I week exercises	1. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
II week lectures	2. Text: "Good work", reading, translation. Discussion about the text, questions and answers (exposition)
II week exercises	2. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
III week lectures	3. Gledanje ruskog filma
III week exercises	3. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
IV week lectures	4. Text: "Green Lamp" reading, translation. Discussion about the text, questions and answers
IV week exercises	4. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
V week lectures	5. Text: "Anna na šee" ( "Anna on the Neck") reading, translation. Discussion about the text, questions and answers
V week exercises	5. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
VI week lectures	6. Speaking topic: "Weather"
VI week exercises	6. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
VII week lectures	7. Text: "Station viewer", reading, translation. Discussion about the text, questions and answers
VII week exercises	7. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
VIII week lectures	8. Test
VIII week exercises	8. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
IX week lectures	9. Text: "Cold autumn", reading, translation. Discussion about the text, questions and answers. (exposition)
IX week exercises	9. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
X week lectures	10. Watching a Russian film
X week exercises	10. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
XI week lectures	11. Text: "Christmas tree and wedding", reading, translation. Discussion about the text, questions and answers
XI week exercises	11. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
XII week lectures	12. Text: "My She", reading and translation, questions and answers (exposition)
XII week exercises	12. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
XIII week lectures	13. Speaking topic "Family in modern society"
XIII week exercises	13. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
XIV week lectures	14. Repetition of the material and preparation for the colloquium
XIV week exercises	14. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.
XV week lectures	15. Colloquium
XV week exercises	15. Exercises designed in accordance with the topics covered in the lectures.

Student workload	Week In the semester 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hours and 20 minutes Structure: 2 hours of lectures 2 hours of exercises 1 hours and 20 minutes of individual student work (preparation for laboratory exercises, for colloquiums, preparation homework) including consultations Lessons and final exam: (5 hours and 20 minutes) x 16 = 85 hours and 20 minutes Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 x (5 hours and 20 minutes) = 10 hours and 40 minutes Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Additional work for exam preparation in the make-up exam period, including taking the make-up exam from 0 - 30 hours. Load structure: 85 hours and 20 minutes (teaching) + 10 hours and 40 minutes (preparation) + 24 hours (additional work) Weekly In the semester 4 credits x 40/30 = 5 hours and 20 minutes Structure: 2 hours lectures, 2 hours of exercises, 1 hour and 20 minutes of individual student work (preparation for laboratory tests exercises, for colloquiums, doing homework) including consultations Classes and final exam: (5 hours and 20 minutes) x 16 = 85 hours and 20 minutes Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 x (5 hours and 20 minutes) = 10 hours and 40 minutes Total workload for course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Additional work for exam preparation in the remedial exam period, including taking a remedial exam from 0 - 30 hours. Load structure: 85 hours and 20 minutes (teaching) + 10 hours and 40 minutes (preparation) + 24 hours (additional work)
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are required to attend classes, prepare and be active they participate in classes, do homework.
Consultations	The teacher consults with the students.
Literature	A. P. Aleksandrova, I. P. Kuzmich, T. I. Melenteva, "Nepropavshie suzhety"; E. R. Leskareva, "Clean grammar"; Radmilo Marojević, "Russian grammar: comparative grammar of the Russian and Serbian languages with historical comments". T. 1, Typology, phonology, morphology of names; Radmilo Marojević, "Russian grammar: comparative grammar of the Russian and Serbian languages with historical comments". T. 2, Morphology of verbs, syntax, theory of translation; Radmilo Marojević, "Grammar of the Russian language"
Examination methods	Activities 10 points; two tests of 15 points each (30 points in total); presentation (written and oral presentation on the given topic) 10 points; final exam 50 points.
Special remarks	There is none.
Comment	Implementation plan of the teaching program by thematic units and terms students will receive at the beginning of the semester.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / FRENCH LANGUAGE 6

Course:

FRENCH LANGUAGE 6/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11279	Izborni	6	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims	The aim of this course is to acquaint the students with the skills of French language - niveau B2.1.
Learning outcomes	After successfully completing this course, the student will be able: 1. to demonstrate communicative skills of French, B2.1 2. to apply the oral and written French language, B2.1 3. to improve a more comprehensive understanding of French 4. to exhibit the ability to articulate their own ideas and opinion in French
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Marjana Đukić, professor Andrea Peruničić
Methodology	exercises, lecture

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Dossier 4: Press. Media vocabulary. Eugene Ionesco, "Rhinoceros"
I week exercises	Media vocabulary - exercises
II week lectures	Headlines. Strategies for write an effective email
II week exercises	Writing exercises
III week lectures	Art of reading a journal article. « Une vache volée ».
III week exercises	Passive exercises
IV week lectures	Reading a journal article. Compréhension du texte « Le mystère plane sur le pont de Bir-Hakeim ».
IV week exercises	Cause and consequence exercises
V week lectures	Project- Front page
V week exercises	Presentation of the project
VI week lectures	Dossier 5 : solidarity. Forms of engagement.
VI week exercises	Reading and analyzing texts, p. 76
VII week lectures	Test
VII week exercises	the Results of the Test
VIII week lectures	Writing an email.
VIII week exercises	Le participe présent et le gérondif – exercises.
IX week lectures	Presentation of Medecins du Monde.
IX week exercises	Grammar exercises - Le but et la duréé.
X week lectures	Project: Writing a Program - Day of solidarity
X week exercises	Project: Writing a Program - Day of solidarity Presentation
XI week lectures	Dossier 6: Art. Painting - great artistes
XI week exercises	Art - vocabulary
XII week lectures	Program of cultural activities.
XII week exercises	Writing exercises
XIII week lectures	Preparing an interview .
XIII week exercises	Mode of questioning - practice
XIV week lectures	A Debate. Les adverbes en –ment.
XIV week exercises	Project: Preferred painting
XV week lectures	Test
XV week exercises	the Results of the Test

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature	Catherine Dollet, Sylvie Pons; Alter Ego 3, method de français, Paris: Hachette, 2009. (Unités 4, 5 et 6). Cahier dexercice de meme édition.
Examination methods	test, projects, exam
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ITALIAN LANGUAGE 6

Course:

ITALIAN LANGUAGE 6/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11280	Izborni	6	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes	After completing the course and passing the exam at level B1.1 of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages, the student will be able to: 1. Demonstrate communication competence in the Italian language, with special emphasis on different communication situations related to the business environment in the field of tourism and culture; 2. Produce simple written and oral texts on topics covered during class: communicate in formal and informal situations, compile simple tourist offers, compile and explain a traditional menu, describe tourist locations... 3. Explain in a simple way (cultural) similarities and differences between Italian and Montenegrin modern societies covered during class; 4. Use sources in Italian and Montenegrin languages in order to broaden important topics in the field of tourism and culture.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / SPANISH LANGUAGE 6

Course:

SPANISH LANGUAGE 6/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11282	Izborni	6	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / AMERICAN LITERATURE 4

Course:

AMERICAN LITERATURE 4/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11283	Obavezan	6	5	2+0+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	None
Aims	The course aims at acquainting students with the latest authors creating within the United States, their works, themes, developmental directions and tendencies, as well as preferences in terms of genres and themes.
Learning outcomes	After passing this exam, students should be able to: Be familiar with the socio-historical context of contemporary America, the latest literary trends, and the most significant living writers creating from the late 20th century and throughout the 21st century. Be acquainted with the latest mainstream narratives, their authors, and (obsessive) themes. Demonstrate the ability to independently recognize the aesthetic-ethical values of a literary text within the specific context of its conceptual, philosophical-spiritual, or ethnic-mythical foundation. Demonstrate the ability to articulate their own thoughts, ideas, and opinions in writing, related to the studied period, relying on acquired knowledge, as well as skills in ethically sound use of sources/literature.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 4 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attendance at Lectures, Completion of Assignments, Active Participation
Consultations
Literature	Timmer, Nicoline. Do you feel it too?: The post-postmodern syndrome in American fiction at the turn of the millennium. Vol. 44. Rodopi, 2010. Optional: Paul Hoover, ed. Postmodern American Poetry : A Northon Anthology (2nd ed.) Paula Geyh, et al., eds., Postmodern American Fiction: A Norton Anthology. Secondary Readings Jean-François Lyotard. Selections from The Postmodern Condition: A Report on Knowledge. Trans. Geoff Bennington and Brian Massumi. Theory and History of Literature 10. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1984. xxiii-xxv. David Harvey. "Postmodernism." The Condition of Postmodernity. Oxford: Blackwell, 1989. 38-65. Jacques Derrida. "Structure, Sign, and Play in the Discourse of the Human Sciences." Writing and Difference. Trans. Alan Bass. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1978. 278-93. Fredric Jameson. "The Cultural Logic of Late Capitalism." Postmodernism, or, The Cultural Logic of Late Capitalism. Durham: Duke UP, 1991. 1-54. Andreas Huyssen. From “Mapping the Postmodern.” After the Great Divide: Modernism, Mass Culture, Postmodernism. Bloomington: Indiana UP, 1986. 183-206, 216-21. Jean Baudrillard. From “The Precession of Simulacra.” Simulations. Trans. Paul Foss, Paul Patton, and Philip Beitchman. New York: Semiotexte, 1983. 1-13, 23-26, 38-49. Terry Eagleton. From The Illusions of Postmodernism. Oxford: Blackwell, 1996. 27-44. Hilton Kramer. “A Note on the New Criterion.” New Criterion 1.1 (September, 1982): 1-5. Hilton Kramer. “Postmodern: Art and Culture in the 1980s.” New Criterion 1.1 (September, 1982): 36-42. Judith Butler. “Bodily Inscriptions, Performative Subversions.” Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity. Thinking Gender. New York: Routledge, 1990. 128-41. 11. Henry Louis Gates. “Writing ‘Race’ and the Difference It Makes.” Critical Inquiry 12 (1985): 1-21. Stuart Hall, “Cultural Identity and Diaspora.” Identity: Community, Culture, Difference. Ed. Jonathan Rutherford. London: Lawrence & Wishart, 1990. Tom Lutz, selections from Cosmopolitan Vistas: The New New Regionalism and the Future of Literature. Cornell University Press, 2004. Mark McGurl, “Ordinary Doom: Literary Studies in the Waste Land of the Present.” New Literary History 41 (2010): 329-349.Chad Harbach , ed., MFA vs NYC: The Two Cultures of American Fiction. N+1, 2014.
Examination methods	midterm, tests, final exam
Special remarks
Comment	The original syllabus is already in English, parts unrelated to the lectures content have been translated

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / FUNDAMENTALS OF LITERARY TRANSLATION 2

Course:

FUNDAMENTALS OF LITERARY TRANSLATION 2/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11286	Obavezan	6	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / CONTEMPORARY ENGLISH LANGUAGE 6 - C2.2 LEVEL

Course:

CONTEMPORARY ENGLISH LANGUAGE 6 - C2.2 LEVEL/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11287	Obavezan	6	6	2+4+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	-
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. dr Nataša Kostić; mr Jovana Đurčević
Methodology	Lectures and seminars.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to the course
I week exercises	Course information; Unit 4: Speaking activity Themed discussion
II week lectures	Clause combining
II week exercises	Unit 4: Reading & Vocabulary; Language in use/Wish you were here, Expressions with ‘run’,’ look’,’ catch’ ; Into the unknown
III week lectures	Types of relationship between clauses
III week exercises	Unit 4: Key word transformations; Comprehension and summary; Listening activity/Tourism can be beneficial & Eco travel center golden rules; Time traveller
IV week lectures	Elaborating the message
IV week exercises	Unit 4: Writing activity; Overview/Analysing the sample; Revision: lexical cloze; word formation, key word transformation
V week lectures	Extending the message
V week exercises	Unit 5: Reading & Vocabulary/In safe hands? Expressions with 'light' and 'dark'
VI week lectures	Enhancing the message
VI week exercises	Unit 5: Language in use; Comprehension and summary/Tomorrow's world; Born free
VII week lectures	Finite dependent clauses of time
VII week exercises	Test; Unit 5: Listening activity & Vocabulary
VIII week lectures	Finite dependent clauses of contingency and manner
VIII week exercises	Corrective feedback; Unit 5: Writing activity, Overview
IX week lectures	Non-finite clauses expressing circumstantial meanings
IX week exercises	Unit 5: Writing activity, Overview/Analyzing the sample; Revision: lexical cloze, cloze, gapped sentences
X week lectures	Prepositions
X week exercises	Unit 6: Reading & Vocabulary/Speaking the same language; Expressions connected with reading and speaking
XI week lectures	The prepositional phrase
XI week exercises	Unit 6: Language in use & comprehension and summary/Word formation; Reading between the lines
XII week lectures	Syntactic functions of the prepositional phrase
XII week exercises	Unit 6: Listening activity; Speaking activity/Getting the picture; Mind your language
XIII week lectures	Semantic features of the prepositional phrase; discontinuous prepositional phrase
XIII week exercises	Persuasive speech - presentations; Text analysis: Test
XIV week lectures	Revision
XIV week exercises	Make-up test; Corrective feedback; Oral exam preparation
XV week lectures	Mock test
XV week exercises	Corrective feedback; Oral exam preparation

Student workload	6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours Structure: 2 hours of lectures 4 hours of seminars 2 hours of individual work
Per week	Per semester
6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 4 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Class attendance.
Consultations
Literature	1. Ronald Carter & Michael McCarthy, Cambridge Grammar of English, CUP, 2006. 2. Peter Collins & Carmella Hollo, English Grammar: an Introduction, Palgrave Macmillan, 2010. 3. Rodney Huddleston, R. & Geoffrey K. Pullum, A Student’s Introduction to English Grammar, CUP, 2005. 4. Radmila Đorđević, Gramatika engleskog jezika, Beograd: Čigoja štampa, 1997. 5. Michael Vince & Peter Sunderland, Advanced Language Practice, Macmillan, 2003. 6. Martin Hewings, Advanced Grammar in Use, CUP, 2005. 7. B. D. Graver, Advanced English Practice, OUP, 2004. 8. Richard Side & Guy Wellman, Grammar and Vocabulary for Cambridge Advanced and Proficiency, Longman, 2006. 9. Michael Vince, Macmillan English Grammar in Context (Advanced, Student's Book with key and CD-ROM), Macmillan, 2013. 10. Malcolm Mann & Steve Taylore-Knowles, Destination C1 & C2, Macmillan, 2008. 11. George Yule, Oxford Practice Grammar, OUP, 2010. 12. Kathy Gude & Michael Duckworth, Proficiency Masterclass, OUP, 2002. Oral exam reading list: 1. Signs and Symbols, Vladimir Nabokov 2. The Dead, James Joyce 3. Remember the Alamo, Sandra Cisneros 4. The Millstone, Margaret Drabble
Examination methods	Mid-term test: 35 points [Text analysis – 20; Oral and written exercises – 15] Activity in class - 15 points Final exam: 50 points (Grammar test - 25 points; Conversation - 25 points).
Special remarks	-
Comment	-

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / CONTEPORARY ENGLISH LANGUAGE 5 - C2.1 LEVEL

Course:

CONTEPORARY ENGLISH LANGUAGE 5 - C2.1 LEVEL/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11289	Obavezan	5	6	2+4+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	Contemporary English language 3 and 4
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. dr Nataša Kostić; Jovana Đurčević MA
Methodology	Lectures and seminars.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to the course
I week exercises	Written and oral exercises (Argumentative essay); Text analysis: Course information and schedule
II week lectures	Syntactic elements and structures of the clause
II week exercises	Written and oral exercises (Argumentative essay) Text analysis: Unit 1: Reading & Vocabulary (Collocation, Idioms about personality, Expressions with 'come')
III week lectures	Subject and Predicator
III week exercises	Written and oral exercises (Argumentative essay); Text analysis: Unit 1: Language in use; Comprehension and summary (The sporting life; Under the weather)
IV week lectures	Direct and Indirect Objects
IV week exercises	Written and oral exercises (Argumentative essay) Text analysis: Unit 1: Listening activity; Overview (Multiple-choice questions; Unit 1 Revision)
V week lectures	Prepositional Object; prepositional verbs, phrasal and phrasal-prepositional verbs
V week exercises	Written and oral exercises (Argumentative essay, Review); Text analysis: Unit 2: Reading & Vocabulary (Multiple-choice questions; Vocabulary, expressions with 'time')
VI week lectures	Prepositional verbs, phrasal and phrasal-prepositional verbs
VI week exercises	Written and oral exercises (Exploratory essay) Text analysis: Unit 2: Language in use; Comprehension and summary (The cosmic game of darts; A men’s club)
VII week lectures	Subject and Object Complements
VII week exercises	Written and oral exercises (Exploratory essay) Text analysis: Test I
VIII week lectures	Adjuncts
VIII week exercises	Written and oral exercises (Exploratory essay, review) Text analysis: Test I: corrective feedback; Speaking activity: themed discussion Unit 1, Unit 2
IX week lectures	Stance and Connective Adjuncts
IX week exercises	Text analysis: Unit 2: Listening activity; Overview (Sentence completion & Book expressions; Unit 2 Revision)
X week lectures	Adverbs
X week exercises	Written and oral exercises (Comparison and contrast essay) Text analysis: Unit 3: Reading & Vocabulary (Gapped text, Vocabulary, Expressions with 'do')
XI week lectures	The Adverbial Group
XI week exercises	Written and oral exercises (Comparison and contrast essay) Text analysis: Unit 3: Language in use; Comprehension and summary (Dizzy heights; Mind over matter)
XII week lectures	Syntactic functions of Adverbs and Adverbial Groups
XII week exercises	Written and oral exercises (Comparison and contrast essay); Text analysis: Unit 3: Listening activity; Overview (Multiple-choice questions; Unit 3 Revision)
XIII week lectures	Modification and complementation in the Adverbial Group
XIII week exercises	Written and oral exercises (Comparison and contrast essay) Text analysis: Test II
XIV week lectures	Preparation for the final test
XIV week exercises	Text analysis: Test II: corrective feedback; Speaking activity: themed discussion Unit 2, Unit 3
XV week lectures	Revision
XV week exercises	Preparations for the final exam Text analysis: Oral exam preparation (Reading & speaking sample test)

Student workload	30 L+ 60 S
Per week	Per semester
6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 4 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Regular class attendance.
Consultations
Literature	1. Ronald Carter & Michael McCarthy, Cambridge Grammar of English, CUP, 2006. 2. Peter Collins & Carmella Hollo, English Grammar: an Introduction, Palgrave Macmillan, 2010. 3. Rodney Huddleston, R. & Geoffrey K. Pullum, A Student’s Introduction to English Grammar, CUP, 2005. 4. Radmila Đorđević, Gramatika engleskog jezika, Beograd: Čigoja štampa, 1997. 5. Michael Vince & Peter Sunderland, Advanced Language Practice, Macmillan, 2003. 6. Martin Hewings, Advanced Grammar in Use, CUP, 2005. 7. B. D. Graver, Advanced English Practice, OUP, 2004. 8. Richard Side & Guy Wellman, Grammar and Vocabulary for Cambridge Advanced and Proficiency, Longman, 2006. 9. Michael Vince, Macmillan English Grammar in Context (Advanced, Student's Book with key and CD-ROM), Macmillan, 2013. 10. Malcolm Mann & Steve Taylore-Knowles, Destination C1 & C2, Macmillan, 2008. 11. George Yule, Oxford Practice Grammar, OUP, 2010. 12. Kathy Gude & Michael Duckworth, Proficiency Masterclass, OUP, 2002. Oral exam reading list: 13. Where I’m Calling From, Raymond Carver 14. The Companion, Agatha Christie 15. Across the Bridge, Graham Greene 16. The Catbird Seat, James Thurber 17. The Chaste Clarissa, John Cheever 18. The Chrysanthemums, John Steinbeck
Examination methods	Mid-term test: 35 points; Activity in class: 15 points. Final exam: 50 points;
Special remarks	Lectures and seminars are in English.
Comment	-

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / GERMAN LANGUAGE 6

Course:

GERMAN LANGUAGE 6/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11332	Izborni	6	4	2+2+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	None.
Aims	Course Learning objectives: 1. Systematic development of all language skills in the field of German at the B1.2 level of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages; 2. Introduction to professional terminology and narrowly-specific structures in the field of German at the B1.2 level in written and oral communication; 3. Acquisition of grammatical knowledge, techniques and skills necessary for understanding and translating professional texts as well as for oral presentations and translations on topics in the field of German at the B1.2 level.
Learning outcomes	By the end of this course a student will be able to: 1. Demonstrate high levels of communicative competence in (vocational) German at the B1.2 level of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages; 2. Use standard language norms at the B1.2 level of German in written and oral communication; 3. Apply advanced grammar knowledge and specialised techniques and skills of written and oral translation and translate texts from German and into German; 4. Analyse the written or spoken text in detail and comprehensively and recognize key ideas and implicit meaning; 5. Discuss topics on general theoretical and practical knowledge.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Sabina Osmanović, Assistant Professor; MA Semra Husović
Methodology	Lectures and exercises.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Lektion 8: Unter Kollegen Arbeitsaufträge höflich ablehnen; ein Interview verstehen; über den Umgang mit Kollegen diskutieren Konjunktion falls, zweiteilige Konjunktion: je... desto/umso eine Person näher beschreiben; das du anbieten, duzen oder siezen? Relativsatz mit Präpositionen; Adjektiv als Nomen, n-Deklination
I week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
II week lectures	Lektion 9: Virtuelle Welt Über Arbeitsabläufe sprechen; etwas planen; über Schein und Wirklichkeit sprechen Konjunktionen während, nachdem, bevor, Konjunktion als ob über die Funktion von Geräten sprechen; Bedienungsanleitungen verstehen und erklären, wie etwas funktioniert; in einem Forum antworten, eine Radiodiskussion zum Thema digitale Welt verstehen; über digitale Medien diskutieren
II week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
III week lectures	Lektion 10: Werbung und Konsum sich beschweren, etwas reklamieren; über Pannen und Missgeschicke im Alltag sprechen; zweiteilige Konjunktion: sowohl… als auch; zweiteilige Konjunktion weder… noch; Relativsatz mit wo und was
III week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
IV week lectures	Lektion 10: Werbung und Konsum Produkte beschreiben; eine Radioreportage zum Thema Crowdsourcing verstehen; Crowdsourcing ausprobieren; einen Lesetext zum Thema verstehen Partizip Präsens als Adjektiv
IV week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
V week lectures	Lektion 11: Miteinander Vermutungen, Pläne, Versprechen ausdrücken; über gutes Benehmen und Umgangsformen sprechen Futur I; Konjunktion da
V week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
VI week lectures	Lektion 11: Miteinander Regeln im Straßenverkehr; falsches Verhalten im Straßenverkehr; Aussagen zum Thema Fremdheit verstehen, über Erfahrungen von Fremdheit sprechen; Aussagen zu unterschiedlichen Arbeitsalltagen verstehen; den eigenen Arbeitsalltag beschreiben
VI week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
VII week lectures	Midterm exam.
VII week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
VIII week lectures	Lektion 12: Soziales Engagement Angebote eines Bahnunternehmens verstehen; ein Problem beschreiben und sich beraten lassen; Informationen zu Vereinen in deutschsprachigen Ländern verstehen Konjunktion seit/seitdem, Konjunktion bis; Konjunktion indem Präpositionen (während, außerhalb; innerhalb) + Genitiv
VIII week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
IX week lectures	Make up exam.
IX week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
X week lectures	Lektion 12: Soziales Engagement über persönliches Engagement sprechen; über Vorbilder sprechen; über Gewissensfragen sprechen und einen Standpunkt vertreten Konjunktionen ohne dass/ohne zu; Präposition außer + Dativ
X week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XI week lectures	Lektion 13: Aus Politik und Geschichte über Biografien sprechen; etwas bewerten und vergleichen, seine Meinung sagen; Verbesserungsvorschläge machen Passiv Perfekt; Passiv Präteritum; Adjektivdeklination mit Komparativ und Superlativ
XI week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XII week lectures	Lektion 13: Aus Politik und Geschichte Zeitungsmeldungen verstehen und zusammenfassen; deutsche Geschichte nach 1945 verstehen; die Geschichte eines Landes präsentieren
XII week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XIII week lectures	Lektion 14: Alte und neue Heimat über regionale Spezialitäten sprechen; ein Fest planen; eine Reportage zum Thema verstehen; über Heimat sprechen Wiederholung: Wortbildung Nomen;
XIII week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XIV week lectures	Lektion 14: Alte und neue Heimat über Europa und die Europäische Union sprechen; über den eigenen Deutschlernweg sprechen; über Pläne und die Zukunft sprechen;Verben mit Präpositionen; Präpositionaladverbien
XIV week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien
XV week lectures	Vorbereitung auf die Abschlussprüfung
XV week exercises	Übungen im Arbeitsbuch und Zusatzmaterialien

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are obliged to attend lectures, engage actively in class activities, complete all assignments, including tests and mid-term exams, as well as the final exam.
Consultations	Mondays and per e-mail.
Literature	Schritte international Neu 6 (B1.2). Deutsch als Fremdsprache Kurs und Arbeitsbuch mit Audio-CDs., 2020 (Lektion 8-14) (coursebook and workbook)
Examination methods	The assessment includes class attendance, active participation, homework, midterms, and the final exam.
Special remarks
Comment	At the start of the semester, students will receive a detailed weekly course outline, including materials and assignments.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / AMERICAN LITERATURE 1

Course:

AMERICAN LITERATURE 1/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11606	Obavezan	3	3	2+0+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / AMERICAN LITERATURE 2

Course:

AMERICAN LITERATURE 2/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11607	Obavezan	4	3	2+0+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ENGLISH FOR SPECIFIC PURPOSES - C2.2

Course:

ENGLISH FOR SPECIFIC PURPOSES - C2.2/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11889	Obavezan	6	6	2+4+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites
Aims	1. The goal is for students to understand and apply advanced grammatical structures to enhance their language skills at the C2.2 level. 2. The aim is to improve oral and written communication skills in a business environment, enabling students to express ideas, arguments, and information clearly in professional English. 3. The objective is to develop the ability to analyze professional texts, recognize essential information, and understand specific vocabulary so that students can critically think and apply acquired knowledge. 4. The goal is for students to enhance their oral expression, presentation, and participation in debates, enabling them to communicate effectively in professional and business situations. 5. The objective is to expand students professional vocabulary and improve the use of idioms, allowing them to communicate effortlessly in specific business and professional contexts at the C2.2 level.
Learning outcomes	After passing this exam: 1. Students will be able to analyze and apply advanced grammatical structures to enhance precision in writing and speech. 2. Students will develop time management grammar skills in writing and oral communication in English, using continuous tenses, conjunctions, and relative pronouns to express the sequence of events and connections between information clearly. 3. Students will improve their abilities to understand and analyze professional texts, recognize essential information, understand specific vocabulary, and discuss relevant topics in a business environment. 4. Through oral presentation exercises and debate participation, students will develop the ability to express complex ideas and argumentation and respond to questions at the C2.2 level, demonstrating oral expression skills in professional English. 5. Students will expand their professional vocabulary and refine the use of idioms in business situations, enabling them to communicate effortlessly in professional contexts and use formal language in writing business documents.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Dr Marija Mijušković, assistant professor
Methodology	Lectures, tutorials, workshops

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 4 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attending lectures, exercises, and completion of homework assignments and presentations.
Consultations	Friday: 13:15-14:00
Literature	Edward de Chazal and Mc Carter, S. (2012). A Course in English for Academic Purposes. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Krivokapić, M. (2023). Reflame Your English for the Humanities. Nikšić: Univerzitet Crne Gore, Filološki fakultet. Mikulić, G. Krvavac, A (1992). English for the Arts and Humanities. Zagreb: Školska knjiga Hutchinson T. and A. Waters (1987). English for Specific Purposes: A Learning-centred Approach. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Schnurr, S. (2013). Exploring Professional Communication: Language in action. New York: Routledge. Swales, J. (2000). “Language for Specific Purposes“, Annual Review of Applied Linguistics 20, 59−76.
Examination methods	Colloquium, homework assignments, presentations, final exam
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Philology / ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE / ELECTIVE SUBJECT 1-LANGUAGE, CULTURE, TRANSLATION

Course:

ELECTIVE SUBJECT 1-LANGUAGE, CULTURE, TRANSLATION/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
12494	Obavezan	6	6	2+0+0

Programs	ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Prerequisites	None.
Aims	This project-oriented course aims to develop the essential general and language-specific linguistic, sociolinguistic, cultural and transcultural knowledge and skills that constitute the basis for translation competence in line with the EMT competence framework. To this end, it gives a brief introduction into the different subject areas, gives opportunity to analyze a number of illustrative examples of successful and less successful renditions, and numerous tasks for students to produce and analyze their own translation solutions and choices.
Learning outcomes	By the end of this course, students will be able to: 1. Analyze a source text, identify the extralinguistic and intralinguistic elements of culture that may pose translation “crisis points” and classify them according to the level of transculturality 2. Demonstrate a good command of using translation strategies for rendering the extralinguistic and intralinguistc elements of culture 3. Prepare a translation project and present the results in written and oral form 4. Analyze linguocultural translation problems and justify the use of adequate translation solutions and choices using the appropriate metalanguage by taking multiple factors into consideration.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Doc. dr Petar Božović
Methodology	Introduction to subject areas, discussions, individual, pair and group work, presentations

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to the course
I week exercises
II week lectures	Translator’s competences: then and now
II week exercises
III week lectures	Translation and culture
III week exercises
IV week lectures	Extralinguistic elements of culture 1: realia
IV week exercises
V week lectures	Extralinguistic elements of culture 2: realia
V week exercises
VI week lectures	Extralinguistic elements of culture 3: personal names
VI week exercises
VII week lectures	Intralinguistic elements of culture 1: metaphors
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures	Intralinguistic elements of culture 2: diversified language, proverbs and sayings
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures	Translating songs
IX week exercises
X week lectures	Specialized translation 1: legal cultures and texts
X week exercises
XI week lectures	Specialized translation 2: legal cultures and texts
XI week exercises
XII week lectures	Specialized translation 3: tourism
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures	Project presentations
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures	Project presentations
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures	End-of-course revision
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 6 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Regular attendance and informed participation, homework assignment submissions, presentations, projects.
Consultations	By appointment
Literature	• A selection of print and multimodal texts for translation. • Pedersen, Jan. Subtitling Norms for Television: An Exploration Focusing on Extralinguistic Cultural References. Amsterdam-Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 2011. (selected chapters) • Harding, Sue-Ann & Carbonell Cotres, Ovidi. The Routledge Handbook of Translation and Culture. London and New York: Routledge, 2018. (selected chapters) • Prćić, Tvrtko. Novi transkripcioni rečnik engleskih ličnih imena – treće izdanje. Novi Sad: Filozofski fakultet, 2008. • Božović, Petar. (2021). Anglophone culture through the Western Balkan lens: a corpus-based study on the strategies used for rendering extralinguistic elements of culture in Montenegrin subtitling. Círculo de Lingüística Aplicada a la Comunicación, 85, 9-19.
Examination methods	Homework assignments – 30 points Project – 60 points (seminar paper 30 points; oral defence 30 points) Attendance and informed in-class participation – 10 points
Special remarks	Students will be given detailed information about the course and requirements during the first week. It is preferred to organize classes in groups not larger than 15 students. The key materials for the course will be available on Moodle.
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points